1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 784 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1539 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1540 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1541 return false; 1542 1543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1544 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1548 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1549 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1550 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1551 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1552 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1553 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1554 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1555 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1563 } 1564 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1569 FixItHint &Hint) { 1570 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1571 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1572 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1573 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1574 return; 1575 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1576 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1581 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1582 return; 1583 1584 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1585 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1586 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1587 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1588 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1595 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1596 return; 1597 1598 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1599 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1600 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1601 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1602 return; 1603 } 1604 1605 FixItHint Hint; 1606 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1607 1608 unsigned DiagID; 1609 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1610 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1611 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1613 else 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1615 1616 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1617 } 1618 1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1620 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1621 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1622 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1623 // MS inline assembly label name. 1624 bool Diagnose = false; 1625 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1626 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1627 else 1628 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1629 if (Diagnose) 1630 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1631 } 1632 1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1634 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1635 1636 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1637 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1638 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1639 1640 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1641 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1642 1643 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1644 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1645 1646 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1647 1648 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1649 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1650 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1651 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1652 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1653 } 1654 1655 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1656 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1657 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1658 1659 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1660 // already. 1661 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1662 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1663 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1664 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1665 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1666 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1668 } 1669 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1675 /// 1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1678 /// to the fixed name. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1681 /// 1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1683 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1686 /// class could not be found. 1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1688 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1689 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1690 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1691 // creation from this context. 1692 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1693 1694 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1696 // find an Objective-C class name. 1697 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1698 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1699 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1700 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1701 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1702 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1703 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1707 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1708 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1709 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1710 return Def; 1711 } 1712 1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1717 /// ill-formed in C++: 1718 /// @code 1719 /// struct S6 { 1720 /// enum { BAR } e; 1721 /// }; 1722 /// 1723 /// void test_S6() { 1724 /// struct S6 a; 1725 /// a.e = BAR; 1726 /// } 1727 /// @endcode 1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1735 /// contain non-field names. 1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1737 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1738 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1739 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1740 S = S->getParent(); 1741 return S; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1749 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1750 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1751 return; 1752 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1753 1754 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1755 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1756 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1757 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1758 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1759 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1760 } 1761 1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1763 switch (Error) { 1764 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1765 return ""; 1766 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1767 return "stdio.h"; 1768 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1769 return "setjmp.h"; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1771 return "ucontext.h"; 1772 } 1773 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1774 } 1775 1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1777 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1779 /// built-in. 1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1781 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1782 SourceLocation Loc) { 1783 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1784 1785 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1786 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1787 if (Error) { 1788 if (ForRedeclaration) 1789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1790 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1791 return nullptr; 1792 } 1793 1794 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1795 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1796 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1797 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1798 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1799 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1800 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1801 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1802 } 1803 1804 if (R.isNull()) 1805 return nullptr; 1806 1807 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1808 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1809 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1810 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1811 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1812 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1813 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1814 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1815 } 1816 1817 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1818 Parent, 1819 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1820 SC_Extern, 1821 false, 1822 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1823 New->setImplicit(); 1824 1825 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1826 // FunctionDecl. 1827 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1828 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1829 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1830 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1831 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1832 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1833 SC_None, nullptr); 1834 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1835 Params.push_back(parm); 1836 } 1837 New->setParams(Params); 1838 } 1839 1840 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1841 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1842 1843 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1844 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1845 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1846 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1847 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1848 CurContext = Parent; 1849 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1850 CurContext = SavedContext; 1851 return New; 1852 } 1853 1854 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1855 /// entity if their types are the same. 1856 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1857 /// isSameEntity. 1858 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1859 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1860 LookupResult &Previous) { 1861 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1862 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1863 return; 1864 1865 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1866 if (Previous.empty()) 1867 return; 1868 1869 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1870 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1871 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1872 1873 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1874 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1875 continue; 1876 1877 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1878 // different linkages. 1879 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1880 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1881 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1882 continue; 1883 1884 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1885 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1886 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1887 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1888 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1889 continue; 1890 } 1891 1892 Filter.erase(); 1893 } 1894 1895 Filter.done(); 1896 } 1897 1898 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1899 QualType OldType; 1900 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1901 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1902 else 1903 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1904 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1905 1906 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1907 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1908 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1910 << Kind << NewType; 1911 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1912 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1913 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1914 return true; 1915 } 1916 1917 if (OldType != NewType && 1918 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1919 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1920 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1921 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1923 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1924 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1925 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1926 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1927 return true; 1928 } 1929 return false; 1930 } 1931 1932 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1933 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1934 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1935 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1936 /// 1937 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1938 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1939 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1940 // merging checks. 1941 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1942 1943 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1944 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1945 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1946 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1947 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1948 default: break; 1949 case 2: 1950 { 1951 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1952 break; 1953 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1954 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1955 break; 1956 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1957 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1958 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1959 break; 1960 } 1961 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1962 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1963 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1964 return; 1965 } 1966 case 5: 1967 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1968 break; 1969 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1970 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1971 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1972 return; 1973 case 3: 1974 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1975 break; 1976 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1977 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1978 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1979 return; 1980 } 1981 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1982 } 1983 1984 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1985 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1986 if (!Old) { 1987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1988 << New->getDeclName(); 1989 1990 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1991 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1992 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1993 1994 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1995 } 1996 1997 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1998 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1999 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2000 2001 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2002 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2003 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2004 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2006 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2007 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2008 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2009 // instead of our tag. 2010 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2011 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2012 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2013 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2014 else 2015 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2016 2017 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2018 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2019 2020 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2021 // out of the scope. 2022 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2023 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2024 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2025 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2026 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2027 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2028 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2029 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2030 } 2031 } 2032 } 2033 } 2034 2035 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2036 // with any extensions enabled. 2037 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2038 return; 2039 2040 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2041 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2042 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2043 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2044 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2045 } 2046 2047 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2048 return; 2049 2050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2051 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2052 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2053 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2054 // to the type to which it already refers. 2055 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2056 return; 2057 2058 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2059 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2060 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2061 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2062 // 2063 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2064 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2065 // 2066 // struct S { 2067 // typedef struct A { } A; 2068 // }; 2069 // 2070 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2071 // allow the above but disallow 2072 // 2073 // struct S { 2074 // typedef int I; 2075 // typedef int I; 2076 // }; 2077 // 2078 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2079 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2080 return; 2081 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2083 << New->getDeclName(); 2084 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2085 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2086 } 2087 2088 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2089 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2090 return; 2091 2092 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2093 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2094 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2095 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2096 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2097 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2098 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2099 return; 2100 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2102 << New->getDeclName(); 2103 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2104 } 2105 2106 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2107 /// attribute. 2108 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2109 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2110 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2111 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2112 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2113 if (Ann) { 2114 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2115 return true; 2116 continue; 2117 } 2118 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2119 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2120 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2121 return true; 2122 } 2123 2124 return false; 2125 } 2126 2127 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2128 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2129 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2130 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2131 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2132 return true; 2133 } 2134 2135 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2136 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2137 /// 2138 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2139 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2140 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2141 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2142 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2143 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2144 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2145 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2146 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2147 // in a case like: 2148 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2149 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2150 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2151 // definition in such a case. 2152 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2153 return false; 2154 2155 if (I->isAlignas()) 2156 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2157 2158 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2159 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2160 OldAlign = Align; 2161 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2162 } 2163 } 2164 2165 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2166 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2167 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2168 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2169 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2170 return false; 2171 2172 if (I->isAlignas()) 2173 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2174 2175 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2176 if (Align > NewAlign) 2177 NewAlign = Align; 2178 } 2179 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2181 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2182 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2183 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2184 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2185 2186 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2187 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2188 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2189 QualType Ty; 2190 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2191 Ty = VD->getType(); 2192 else 2193 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2194 2195 if (OldAlign == 0) 2196 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2197 if (NewAlign == 0) 2198 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2199 } 2200 2201 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2202 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2203 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2204 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2205 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 2209 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2210 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2211 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2212 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2213 // equivalent alignment. 2214 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2215 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2216 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2217 // have no alignment specifier. 2218 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2219 << OldAlignasAttr; 2220 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2221 << OldAlignasAttr; 2222 } 2223 2224 bool AnyAdded = false; 2225 2226 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2227 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2228 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2229 Clone->setInherited(true); 2230 New->addAttr(Clone); 2231 AnyAdded = true; 2232 } 2233 2234 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2235 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2236 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2237 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2238 Clone->setInherited(true); 2239 New->addAttr(Clone); 2240 AnyAdded = true; 2241 } 2242 2243 return AnyAdded; 2244 } 2245 2246 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2247 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2248 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2249 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2251 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2252 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2253 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2254 AA->getDeprecated(), 2255 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2256 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2257 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2258 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2259 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2260 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2261 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2262 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2263 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2264 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2265 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2266 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2267 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2268 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2269 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2270 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2271 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2272 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2273 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2274 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2275 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2276 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2277 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2278 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2279 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2280 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2281 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2282 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2283 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2284 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2285 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2286 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2287 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2288 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2289 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2290 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2291 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2292 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2293 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2295 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2296 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2297 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2298 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2299 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2300 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2301 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2302 NewAttr = nullptr; 2303 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2304 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2305 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2306 NewAttr = nullptr; 2307 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2308 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2309 2310 if (NewAttr) { 2311 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2312 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2313 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2314 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2315 return true; 2316 } 2317 2318 return false; 2319 } 2320 2321 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2322 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2323 return TD->getDefinition(); 2324 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2325 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2326 if (Def) 2327 return Def; 2328 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2329 } 2330 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2331 return FD->getDefinition(); 2332 return nullptr; 2333 } 2334 2335 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2336 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2337 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2338 return true; 2339 return false; 2340 } 2341 2342 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2343 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2344 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2345 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2346 return; 2347 2348 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2349 if (!Def || Def == New) 2350 return; 2351 2352 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2353 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2354 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2355 2356 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2357 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2358 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2359 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2360 2361 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2362 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2363 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2364 --E; 2365 continue; 2366 } 2367 } else { 2368 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2369 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2370 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2371 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2372 : diag::err_redefinition; 2373 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2374 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2375 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2376 } 2377 ++I; 2378 continue; 2379 } 2380 2381 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2382 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2383 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2384 ++I; 2385 continue; 2386 } 2387 } 2388 2389 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2390 ++I; 2391 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2392 } 2393 2394 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2395 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2396 ++I; 2397 continue; 2398 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2399 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2400 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2401 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2402 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2403 // equivalent alignment. 2404 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2405 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2406 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2407 // have no alignment specifier. 2408 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2409 << AA; 2410 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2411 << AA; 2412 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2413 --E; 2414 continue; 2415 } 2416 } 2417 2418 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2419 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2420 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2421 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2422 --E; 2423 } 2424 } 2425 2426 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2427 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2428 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2429 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2430 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2431 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2432 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2436 return; 2437 2438 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2439 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2440 2441 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2442 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2443 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2444 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2446 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2447 } 2448 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2449 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2450 // already been ODR-used. 2451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2452 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2453 } 2454 } 2455 2456 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2457 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2458 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2459 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2460 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2461 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2462 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2463 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2464 << NewTag; 2465 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2466 } 2467 } 2468 } else { 2469 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2470 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 2474 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2475 return; 2476 2477 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2478 2479 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2480 // we process them. 2481 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2482 2483 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2484 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2485 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2486 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2487 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2488 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2489 switch (AMK) { 2490 case AMK_None: 2491 continue; 2492 2493 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2494 case AMK_Override: 2495 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2496 LocalAMK = AMK; 2497 break; 2498 } 2499 } 2500 2501 // Already handled. 2502 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2503 continue; 2504 2505 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2506 foundAny = true; 2507 } 2508 2509 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2510 foundAny = true; 2511 2512 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2516 /// to the new one. 2517 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2518 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2519 Sema &S) { 2520 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2521 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2522 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2523 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2524 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2525 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2526 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2527 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2528 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2529 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2530 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2531 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2532 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2533 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2534 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2535 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2536 } 2537 2538 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2539 return; 2540 2541 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2542 2543 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2544 // done before we process them. 2545 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2546 2547 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2548 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2549 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2550 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2551 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2552 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2553 foundAny = true; 2554 } 2555 } 2556 2557 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2558 } 2559 2560 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2561 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2562 Sema &S) { 2563 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2564 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2565 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2566 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2567 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2568 *Newnullability, 2569 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2570 != 0)) 2571 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2572 *Oldnullability, 2573 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2574 != 0)); 2575 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2576 } 2577 } else { 2578 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2579 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2580 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2581 NewT, NewT); 2582 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2583 } 2584 } 2585 } 2586 2587 namespace { 2588 2589 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2590 /// C. 2591 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2592 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2593 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2594 QualType PromotedType; 2595 }; 2596 2597 } // end anonymous namespace 2598 2599 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2600 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2601 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2602 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2603 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2604 2605 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2606 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2607 2608 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2609 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2610 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2611 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2612 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2613 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2614 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2615 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2616 } 2617 2618 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2619 } 2620 2621 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2622 // declaration, or a declaration. 2623 template <typename T> 2624 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2625 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2626 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2627 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2628 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2629 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2630 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2631 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2632 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2633 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2634 } else 2635 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2636 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2637 } 2638 2639 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2640 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2641 /// GNU89 mode. 2642 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2643 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2644 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2645 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2646 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2647 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2648 } 2649 2650 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2651 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2652 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2653 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2654 return AT; 2655 } 2656 2657 template <typename T> 2658 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2659 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2660 if (DC->isRecord()) 2661 return false; 2662 2663 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2664 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2665 return true; 2666 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2667 return true; 2668 return false; 2669 } 2670 2671 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2672 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2673 2674 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2675 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2676 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2677 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2678 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2679 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2680 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2681 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2682 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2683 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2684 // and function templates; or 2685 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2686 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2687 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2688 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2689 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2690 2691 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2692 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2693 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2694 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2695 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2696 2697 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2698 if (Old && 2699 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2700 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2701 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2702 Old = nullptr; 2703 2704 if (!Old) { 2705 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2706 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2707 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2708 return true; 2709 } 2710 return false; 2711 } 2712 2713 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2714 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2715 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2716 2717 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2718 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2719 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2720 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2721 return true; 2722 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2723 }; 2724 2725 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2726 } 2727 2728 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2729 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2730 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2731 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2732 /// 2733 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2734 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2735 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2736 /// merged with. 2737 /// 2738 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2739 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2740 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2741 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2742 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2743 if (!Old) { 2744 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2745 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2747 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2748 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2749 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2750 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2751 return true; 2752 } 2753 2754 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2755 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2756 return true; 2757 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2758 } else { 2759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2760 << New->getDeclName(); 2761 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2762 return true; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 2766 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2767 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2768 return true; 2769 2770 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2771 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2772 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2773 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2774 2775 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2776 // is an extern inline function. 2777 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2778 // storage classes. 2779 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2780 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2781 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2782 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2783 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2784 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2786 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2787 } else { 2788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2790 return true; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2795 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2797 << New->getDeclName(); 2798 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2799 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2800 } 2801 2802 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2803 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2804 // convention of the first. 2805 // 2806 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2807 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2808 // 2809 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2810 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2811 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2812 // 2813 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2814 // other tests to run. 2815 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2816 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2817 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2818 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2819 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2820 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2821 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2822 2823 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2824 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2825 const FunctionType *FT = 2826 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2827 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2828 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2829 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2830 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2831 // there but not here. 2832 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2833 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2834 } else { 2835 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2836 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2838 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2839 << !FirstCCExplicit 2840 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2841 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2842 2843 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2844 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2845 return true; 2846 } 2847 } 2848 2849 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2850 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2851 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2852 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2853 } 2854 2855 // Merge regparm attribute. 2856 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2857 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2858 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2860 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2861 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2862 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 2866 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2867 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2868 } 2869 2870 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2871 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2872 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2873 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2874 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2875 return true; 2876 } 2877 2878 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2879 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2880 } 2881 2882 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2883 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2884 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2885 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2886 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2887 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2888 } 2889 2890 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2891 // UndefinedButUsed. 2892 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2893 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2894 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2895 Old->isUsed(false) && 2896 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2897 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2898 SourceLocation())); 2899 2900 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2901 // about it. 2902 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2903 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2904 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2905 } 2906 2907 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2908 // redeclaration. 2909 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2910 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2912 << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2914 return true; 2915 } 2916 2917 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2918 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2919 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2920 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2921 // cannot be overloaded. 2922 2923 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2924 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2925 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2926 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2927 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2928 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2929 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2930 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2931 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2932 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2933 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2934 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2935 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2936 QualType ResQT; 2937 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2938 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2939 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2940 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2941 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2942 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2943 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2944 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2946 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2947 else 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2949 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2950 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2951 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2952 return true; 2953 } 2954 else 2955 NewQType = ResQT; 2956 } 2957 2958 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2959 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2960 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2961 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2962 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2963 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2964 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2965 New->setType( 2966 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2967 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2968 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2969 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2970 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2971 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2972 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2977 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2978 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2979 // Preserve triviality. 2980 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2981 2982 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2983 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2984 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2985 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2986 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2987 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2988 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2989 2990 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2991 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2992 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2993 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2994 // is a static member function declaration. 2995 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2996 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2997 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2998 return true; 2999 } 3000 3001 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3002 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3003 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3004 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3005 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3006 unsigned NewDiag; 3007 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3008 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3009 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3010 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3011 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3012 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3013 else 3014 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3015 3016 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3017 } else { 3018 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3019 << New << New->getType(); 3020 } 3021 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3022 return true; 3023 3024 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3025 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3026 // 3027 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3028 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3029 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3030 if (isFriend) { 3031 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3032 } else { 3033 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3034 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3035 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3036 return true; 3037 } 3038 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3039 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3040 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3041 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3042 return true; 3043 } 3044 } 3045 3046 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3047 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3048 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3049 // attribute. 3050 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3051 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3052 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3053 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3054 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3055 } 3056 3057 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3058 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3059 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3060 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3061 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3062 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3063 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3064 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3065 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3066 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3067 } 3068 3069 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3070 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3071 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3072 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3073 3074 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3075 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3076 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3077 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3078 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3079 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3080 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3081 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3082 } 3083 3084 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3085 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3086 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3087 // 3088 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3089 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3090 // linkage within class scope. 3091 // 3092 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3093 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3095 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3096 } else { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3098 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3099 return true; 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3104 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3105 3106 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3107 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3108 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3109 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3110 // when we instantiate the function. 3111 return false; 3112 } 3113 3114 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3115 } 3116 3117 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3118 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3120 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3121 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3122 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3123 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3124 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3125 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3126 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3127 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3128 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3129 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3130 NewQType = 3131 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3132 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3133 New->setType(NewQType); 3134 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3135 3136 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3137 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3138 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3139 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3140 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3141 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3142 SC_None, nullptr); 3143 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3144 Param->setImplicit(); 3145 Params.push_back(Param); 3146 } 3147 3148 New->setParams(Params); 3149 } 3150 3151 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3152 } 3153 3154 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3155 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3156 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3157 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3158 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3159 // the prototype. 3160 // 3161 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3162 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3163 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3164 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3165 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3166 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3167 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3168 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3169 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3170 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3171 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3172 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3173 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3174 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3175 3176 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3177 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3178 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3179 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3180 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3181 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3182 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3183 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3184 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3185 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3186 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3187 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3188 NewParm->getType(), 3189 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3190 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3191 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3192 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3193 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3194 } else 3195 LooseCompatible = false; 3196 } 3197 3198 if (LooseCompatible) { 3199 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3200 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3201 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3202 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3203 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3204 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3205 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3206 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3210 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3211 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3212 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3213 } 3214 3215 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3216 } 3217 3218 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3219 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3220 3221 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3222 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3223 unsigned BuiltinID; 3224 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3225 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3226 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3227 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3229 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3230 << Old << Old->getType(); 3231 3232 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3233 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3234 // 3235 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3236 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3237 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3238 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3239 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3240 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3241 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3242 3243 return false; 3244 } 3245 3246 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3247 } 3248 3249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3250 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3251 return true; 3252 } 3253 3254 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3255 /// known to be compatible. 3256 /// 3257 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3258 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3259 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3260 /// redeclaration of Old. 3261 /// 3262 /// \returns false 3263 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3264 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3265 // Merge the attributes 3266 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3267 3268 // Merge "pure" flag. 3269 if (Old->isPure()) 3270 New->setPure(); 3271 3272 // Merge "used" flag. 3273 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3274 New->setIsUsed(); 3275 3276 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3277 // declarations. 3278 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3279 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3280 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3281 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3282 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3283 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3284 } 3285 3286 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3287 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3288 3289 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3290 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3291 // was visible. 3292 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3293 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3294 New->setType(Merged); 3295 3296 return false; 3297 } 3298 3299 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3300 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3301 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3302 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3303 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3304 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3305 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3306 : AMK_Override; 3307 3308 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3309 3310 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3311 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3312 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3313 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3314 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3315 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3316 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3317 3318 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3319 } 3320 3321 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3322 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3323 3324 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3325 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3326 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3327 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3328 3329 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3330 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3331 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3332 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3333 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3334 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3335 } 3336 3337 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3338 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3339 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3340 /// 3341 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3342 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3343 /// is attached. 3344 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3345 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3346 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3347 return; 3348 3349 QualType MergedT; 3350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3351 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3352 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3353 return; 3354 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3355 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3356 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3357 } 3358 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3359 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3360 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3361 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3362 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3363 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3364 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3365 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3366 3367 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3368 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3369 // mismatch. 3370 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3371 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3372 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3373 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3374 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3375 continue; 3376 3377 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3378 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3379 } 3380 } 3381 3382 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3383 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3384 NewArray->getElementType())) 3385 MergedT = New->getType(); 3386 } 3387 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3388 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3389 // visible. 3390 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3391 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3392 NewArray->getElementType())) 3393 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3394 } 3395 } 3396 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3397 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3398 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3399 Old->getType()); 3400 } 3401 } else { 3402 // C 6.2.7p2: 3403 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3404 // compatible type. 3405 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3406 } 3407 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3408 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3409 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3410 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3411 // equivalent. 3412 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3413 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3414 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3415 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3416 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3417 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3418 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3419 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3420 return; 3421 } 3422 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3423 } 3424 3425 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3426 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3427 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3428 New->setType(MergedT); 3429 } 3430 3431 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3432 LookupResult &Previous) { 3433 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3434 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3435 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3436 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3437 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3438 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3439 // 3440 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3441 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3442 return false; 3443 3444 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3445 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3446 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3447 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3448 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3449 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3450 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3451 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3452 } else { 3453 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3454 // type unless we're in the same function. 3455 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3456 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3461 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3462 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3463 /// 3464 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3465 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3466 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3467 /// 3468 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3469 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3470 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3471 return; 3472 3473 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3474 return; 3475 3476 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3477 3478 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3479 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3480 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3481 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3482 if (NewTemplate) { 3483 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3484 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3485 3486 if (auto *Shadow = 3487 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3488 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3489 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3490 } else { 3491 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3492 3493 if (auto *Shadow = 3494 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3495 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3496 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 } 3498 } 3499 if (!Old) { 3500 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3501 << New->getDeclName(); 3502 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3503 diag::note_previous_definition); 3504 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3505 } 3506 3507 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3508 if (NewTemplate && 3509 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3510 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3511 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3512 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3513 3514 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3515 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3516 // 3517 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3518 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3520 << New->getIdentifier(); 3521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3522 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3523 } 3524 3525 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3526 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3527 // declaration 3528 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3529 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3530 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3532 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3533 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3534 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3535 } 3536 3537 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3538 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3540 << New->getDeclName(); 3541 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3542 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3543 } 3544 3545 // Merge the types. 3546 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3547 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3548 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3549 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3550 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3551 return; 3552 } 3553 3554 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3555 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3556 return; 3557 3558 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3559 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3560 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3561 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3562 3563 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3564 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3565 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3566 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3567 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3569 << New->getDeclName(); 3570 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3571 } else { 3572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3573 << New->getDeclName(); 3574 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 } 3577 } 3578 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3579 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3580 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3581 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3582 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3583 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3584 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3585 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3586 // identifier has external linkage. 3587 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3588 /* Okay */; 3589 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3590 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3591 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3593 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3594 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3595 } 3596 3597 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3598 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3599 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3601 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3602 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3603 } 3604 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3605 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3607 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3608 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 3611 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3612 3613 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3614 // need to check for mismatches. 3615 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3616 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3617 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3618 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3620 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3621 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3622 } 3623 3624 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3625 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3626 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3627 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3628 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3630 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3631 } 3632 } 3633 3634 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3635 // UndefinedButUsed. 3636 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3637 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3638 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3639 SourceLocation())); 3640 3641 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3642 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3644 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3645 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3647 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3648 } else { 3649 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3650 // static and dynamic initialization. 3651 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3652 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3654 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3655 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3656 } 3657 } 3658 3659 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3660 VarDecl *Def; 3661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3662 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3663 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3664 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3665 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3666 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3667 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3668 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3669 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3670 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3671 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3672 } else if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && 3673 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3674 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3675 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3676 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3677 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3678 } else { 3679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3680 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3681 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3682 return; 3683 } 3684 } 3685 3686 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3687 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3688 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3689 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3690 return; 3691 } 3692 3693 // Merge "used" flag. 3694 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3695 New->setIsUsed(); 3696 3697 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3698 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3699 if (NewTemplate) 3700 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3701 3702 // Inherit access appropriately. 3703 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3704 if (NewTemplate) 3705 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3706 3707 if (Old->isInline()) 3708 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3709 } 3710 3711 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3712 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3713 Decl * 3714 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3715 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3716 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3717 AnonRecord); 3718 } 3719 3720 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3721 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3722 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3723 // compatibility. 3724 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3725 // targeted. 3726 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3727 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3728 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3729 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3730 } 3731 3732 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3733 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3734 return; 3735 3736 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3737 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3738 // it is anonymous. 3739 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3740 return; 3741 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3742 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3743 Context.setManglingNumber( 3744 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3745 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3746 return; 3747 } 3748 3749 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3750 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3751 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3752 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3753 Context.setManglingNumber( 3754 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3755 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3760 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3761 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3762 return; 3763 3764 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3765 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3766 return; 3767 3768 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3769 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3770 3771 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3772 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3773 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3775 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3776 return; 3777 } 3778 3779 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3780 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3781 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3782 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3783 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3784 // for how to handle it. 3785 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3786 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3787 3788 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3789 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3790 3791 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3792 textToInsert += ' '; 3793 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3794 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3795 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3796 return; 3797 } 3798 3799 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3800 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3801 } 3802 3803 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3804 switch (T) { 3805 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3806 return 0; 3807 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3808 return 1; 3809 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3810 return 2; 3811 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3812 return 3; 3813 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3814 return 4; 3815 default: 3816 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3817 } 3818 } 3819 3820 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3821 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3822 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3823 Decl * 3824 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3825 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3826 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3827 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3828 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3829 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3830 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3831 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3832 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3833 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3834 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3835 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3836 3837 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3838 return nullptr; 3839 3840 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3841 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3842 // it's a Type. 3843 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3844 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3845 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3846 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3847 } 3848 3849 if (Tag) { 3850 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3851 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3852 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3853 return Tag; 3854 } 3855 3856 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3857 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3858 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3859 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3860 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3861 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3862 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3863 } 3864 3865 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3866 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3867 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3868 3869 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3870 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3871 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3872 if (Tag) 3873 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3874 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3875 else 3876 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3877 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3878 return TagD; 3879 } 3880 3881 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3882 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3883 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3884 // its initializer. 3885 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3886 return TagD; 3887 } 3888 3889 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3890 3891 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3892 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3893 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3894 if (TagD && !Tag) 3895 return nullptr; 3896 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3897 } 3898 3899 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3900 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3901 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3902 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3903 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3904 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3905 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3906 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3907 // or an explicit specialization. 3908 // 3909 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3910 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3911 // 3912 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3913 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3914 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3915 return nullptr; 3916 } 3917 3918 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3919 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3920 3921 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3922 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3923 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3924 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3926 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3927 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3928 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3929 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3930 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3931 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3932 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3933 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3934 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3935 AnonRecord = Record; 3936 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3937 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3938 } 3939 3940 DeclaresAnything = false; 3941 } 3942 } 3943 3944 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3945 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3946 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3947 // 3948 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3949 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3950 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3951 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3952 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3953 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3954 // struct STRUCT; 3955 // union UNION; 3956 // and 3957 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3958 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3959 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3960 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3961 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3962 if (Tag) 3963 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3964 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3965 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3966 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3967 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3968 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3969 3970 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3971 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3972 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3973 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3974 } 3975 3976 DeclaresAnything = false; 3977 } 3978 } 3979 3980 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3981 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3982 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3983 return TagD; 3984 3985 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3986 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3987 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3988 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3989 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3990 DeclaresAnything = false; 3991 3992 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3993 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3994 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3995 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3996 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3997 else 3998 DeclaresAnything = false; 3999 } 4000 4001 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4002 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4003 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4004 << Tag->getTagKind() 4005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4006 4007 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4008 4009 // C 6.7/2: 4010 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4011 // or the members of an enumeration. 4012 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4013 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4014 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4015 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4016 // previous declaration. 4017 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4018 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4019 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4020 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4021 return TagD; 4022 } 4023 4024 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4025 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4026 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4027 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4028 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4029 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4030 // 4031 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4032 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4034 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4035 4036 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4037 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4038 // useless. 4039 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4040 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4041 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4042 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4043 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4044 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4045 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4046 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4047 } 4048 4049 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4050 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4051 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4052 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4053 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4054 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4055 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4056 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4057 // Restrict is covered above. 4058 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4059 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4060 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4061 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4062 } 4063 4064 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4065 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4066 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4067 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4068 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4069 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4070 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4071 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4072 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4073 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4074 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4075 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4076 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4077 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4078 } 4079 } 4080 4081 return TagD; 4082 } 4083 4084 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4085 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4086 /// 4087 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4088 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4089 Scope *S, 4090 DeclContext *Owner, 4091 DeclarationName Name, 4092 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4093 bool IsUnion) { 4094 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4095 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4096 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4097 4098 // Pick a representative declaration. 4099 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4100 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4101 4102 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4103 return false; 4104 4105 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4106 << IsUnion << Name; 4107 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4108 4109 return true; 4110 } 4111 4112 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4113 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4114 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4115 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4116 /// struct, e.g., 4117 /// 4118 /// @code 4119 /// union { 4120 /// int i; 4121 /// float f; 4122 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4123 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4124 /// @endcode 4125 /// 4126 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4127 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4128 static bool 4129 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4130 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4131 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4132 bool Invalid = false; 4133 4134 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4135 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4136 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4137 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4138 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4139 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4140 VD->getLocation(), 4141 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4142 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4143 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4144 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4145 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4146 Invalid = true; 4147 } else { 4148 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4149 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4150 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4151 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4152 // anonymous union is declared. 4153 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4154 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4155 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4156 else 4157 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4158 4159 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4160 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4161 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4162 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4163 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4164 4165 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4166 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4167 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4168 4169 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4170 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4171 4172 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4173 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4174 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4175 4176 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4177 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4178 4179 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4180 } 4181 } 4182 } 4183 4184 return Invalid; 4185 } 4186 4187 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4188 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4189 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4190 static StorageClass 4191 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4192 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4193 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4194 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4195 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4196 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4197 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4198 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4199 return SC_None; 4200 return SC_Extern; 4201 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4202 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4203 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4204 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4205 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4206 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4207 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4208 } 4209 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4210 } 4211 4212 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4213 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4214 4215 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4216 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4217 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4218 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4219 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4220 return FD->getLocation(); 4221 } 4222 4223 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4224 } 4225 4226 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4227 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4228 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4229 return; 4230 4231 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4232 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4233 } 4234 4235 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4236 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4237 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4238 return; 4239 4240 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4241 } 4242 4243 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4244 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4245 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4246 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4247 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4248 AccessSpecifier AS, 4249 RecordDecl *Record, 4250 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4251 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4252 4253 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4254 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4255 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4256 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4257 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4258 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4259 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4260 4261 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4262 // structs/unions. 4263 bool Invalid = false; 4264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4265 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4266 unsigned DiagID; 4267 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4268 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4269 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4270 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4271 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4272 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4273 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4274 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4275 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4276 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4277 4278 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4279 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4280 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4281 } 4282 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4283 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4284 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4285 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4286 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4287 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4288 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4289 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4290 4291 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4292 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4293 SourceLocation(), 4294 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4295 } 4296 } 4297 4298 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4299 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4300 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4301 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4302 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4303 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4304 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4305 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4306 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4307 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4309 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4310 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4311 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4312 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4313 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4314 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4315 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4316 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4317 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4318 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4319 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4320 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4321 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4322 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4324 4325 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4326 } 4327 4328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4329 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4330 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4331 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4332 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4333 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4334 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4335 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4336 // members (clause 11). 4337 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4338 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4339 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4340 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4341 Invalid = true; 4342 } 4343 4344 // C++ [class.union]p1 4345 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4346 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4347 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4348 // array of such objects. 4349 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4350 Invalid = true; 4351 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4352 // Any implicit members are fine. 4353 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4354 // This is a type that showed up in an 4355 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4356 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4357 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4358 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4359 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4360 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4361 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4362 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4363 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4364 << Record->isUnion(); 4365 else { 4366 // This is a nested type declaration. 4367 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4368 << Record->isUnion(); 4369 Invalid = true; 4370 } 4371 } else { 4372 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4373 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4374 // not part of standard C++. 4375 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4376 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4377 << Record->isUnion(); 4378 } 4379 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4380 // Any access specifier is fine. 4381 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4382 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4383 } else { 4384 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4385 // member. Complain about it. 4386 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4388 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4389 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4390 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4391 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4392 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4393 4394 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4395 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4396 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4397 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4398 << Record->isUnion(); 4399 else { 4400 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4401 Invalid = true; 4402 } 4403 } 4404 } 4405 4406 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4407 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4408 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4409 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4410 Owner->isRecord()) 4411 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4412 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4413 } 4414 4415 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4416 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4417 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4418 Invalid = true; 4419 } 4420 4421 // Mock up a declarator. 4422 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4424 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4425 4426 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4427 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4428 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4429 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4430 DS.getLocStart(), 4431 Record->getLocation(), 4432 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4433 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4434 TInfo, 4435 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4436 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4437 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4439 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4440 } else { 4441 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4442 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4443 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4444 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4445 // an error here 4446 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4447 Invalid = true; 4448 SC = SC_None; 4449 } 4450 4451 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4452 DS.getLocStart(), 4453 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4454 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4455 TInfo, SC); 4456 4457 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4458 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4459 // initializer: 4460 // union { int n = 0; }; 4461 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4462 } 4463 Anon->setImplicit(); 4464 4465 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4466 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4467 4468 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4469 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4470 // its members. 4471 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4472 4473 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4474 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4475 // purposes. 4476 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4477 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4478 4479 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4480 Invalid = true; 4481 4482 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4484 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4485 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4486 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4487 Context.setManglingNumber( 4488 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4489 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4490 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4491 } 4492 } 4493 } 4494 4495 if (Invalid) 4496 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4497 4498 return Anon; 4499 } 4500 4501 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4502 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4503 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4504 /// Example: 4505 /// 4506 /// struct A { int a; }; 4507 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4508 /// 4509 /// void foo() { 4510 /// B var; 4511 /// var.a = 3; 4512 /// } 4513 /// 4514 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4515 RecordDecl *Record) { 4516 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4517 4518 // Mock up a declarator. 4519 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4520 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4521 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4522 4523 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4524 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4525 4526 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4527 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4528 ParentDecl, 4529 DS.getLocStart(), 4530 DS.getLocStart(), 4531 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4532 RecTy, 4533 TInfo, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Anon->setImplicit(); 4537 4538 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4539 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4540 4541 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4542 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4543 // purposes. 4544 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4545 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4546 4547 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4548 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4549 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4550 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4551 AS_none, Chain)) { 4552 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4553 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4554 } 4555 4556 return Anon; 4557 } 4558 4559 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4560 /// given Declarator. 4561 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4562 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4563 } 4564 4565 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4566 DeclarationNameInfo 4567 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4568 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4569 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4570 4571 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4572 4573 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4574 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4575 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4576 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4577 return NameInfo; 4578 4579 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4580 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4581 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4582 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4583 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4584 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4585 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4586 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4587 return NameInfo; 4588 4589 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4590 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4591 Name.Identifier)); 4592 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4593 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4594 return NameInfo; 4595 4596 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4598 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4599 if (Ty.isNull()) 4600 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4601 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4602 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4603 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4604 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4605 return NameInfo; 4606 } 4607 4608 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4609 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4610 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4611 if (Ty.isNull()) 4612 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4613 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4614 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4615 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4616 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4617 return NameInfo; 4618 } 4619 4620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4621 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4622 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4623 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4624 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4625 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4626 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4627 4628 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4629 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4630 4631 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4632 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4633 // was qualified. 4634 4635 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4636 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4637 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4638 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4639 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4640 return NameInfo; 4641 } 4642 4643 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4644 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4645 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4646 if (Ty.isNull()) 4647 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4648 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4649 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4650 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4651 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4652 return NameInfo; 4653 } 4654 4655 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4656 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4657 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4658 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4659 } 4660 4661 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4662 4663 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4664 } 4665 4666 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4667 do { 4668 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4669 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4670 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4671 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4672 else 4673 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4674 } while (true); 4675 } 4676 4677 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4678 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4679 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4680 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4681 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4682 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4683 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4684 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4685 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4686 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4687 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4688 Params.clear(); 4689 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4690 return false; 4691 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4692 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4693 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4694 4695 // The parameter types are identical 4696 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4697 continue; 4698 4699 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4700 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4701 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4702 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4703 4704 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4705 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4706 Params.push_back(Idx); 4707 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4708 return false; 4709 } 4710 4711 return true; 4712 } 4713 4714 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4715 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4716 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4717 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4718 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4719 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4720 DeclarationName Name) { 4721 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4722 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4723 // - types which will become injected class names 4724 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4725 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4726 // few cases here. 4727 4728 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4729 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4730 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4731 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4732 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4733 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4734 // Grab the type from the parser. 4735 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4736 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4737 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4738 4739 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4740 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4741 // attached already. 4742 if (!TSI) 4743 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4744 4745 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4746 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4747 if (!TSI) return true; 4748 4749 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4750 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4751 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4752 break; 4753 } 4754 4755 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4756 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4757 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4758 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4759 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4760 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4761 break; 4762 } 4763 4764 default: 4765 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4766 break; 4767 } 4768 4769 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4770 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4771 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4772 4773 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4774 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4775 // pointer. 4776 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4777 continue; 4778 4779 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4780 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4781 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4782 return true; 4783 } 4784 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4789 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4790 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4791 4792 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4793 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4794 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4795 4796 return Dcl; 4797 } 4798 4799 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4800 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4801 /// name different from T: 4802 /// - every static data member of class T; 4803 /// - every member function of class T 4804 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4805 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4806 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4808 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4809 4810 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4811 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4812 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4813 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4814 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4815 return true; 4816 } 4817 4818 return false; 4819 } 4820 4821 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4822 /// nested-name-specifier. 4823 /// 4824 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4825 /// 4826 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4827 /// resolves. 4828 /// 4829 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4830 /// 4831 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4832 /// 4833 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4834 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4835 DeclarationName Name, 4836 SourceLocation Loc) { 4837 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4838 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4839 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4840 4841 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4842 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4843 // 4844 // class X { 4845 // void X::f(); 4846 // }; 4847 // 4848 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4849 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4850 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4851 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4852 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4853 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4854 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4855 SS.clear(); 4856 } else { 4857 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4858 } 4859 return false; 4860 } 4861 4862 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4863 // declaration. 4864 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4865 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4867 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4868 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4870 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4871 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4873 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4874 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4875 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4876 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4877 else 4878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4879 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4880 4881 return true; 4882 } 4883 4884 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4885 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4887 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4888 SS.clear(); 4889 4890 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4891 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4892 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4893 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4894 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4895 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4896 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4897 return true; 4898 4899 return false; 4900 } 4901 4902 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4903 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4904 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4905 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4906 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4907 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4908 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4909 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4911 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4912 4913 return false; 4914 } 4915 4916 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4917 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4918 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4919 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4920 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4921 4922 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4923 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4924 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 4925 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 4926 } else if (!Name) { 4927 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4928 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4929 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4930 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4931 return nullptr; 4932 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4933 return nullptr; 4934 4935 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4936 // we find one that is. 4937 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4938 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4939 S = S->getParent(); 4940 4941 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4942 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4943 D.setInvalidType(); 4944 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4945 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4946 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4947 return nullptr; 4948 4949 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4950 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4951 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4952 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4953 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4954 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4955 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4956 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4957 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4958 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4959 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4960 return nullptr; 4961 } 4962 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4963 4964 if (!IsDependentContext && 4965 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4966 return nullptr; 4967 4968 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4969 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4970 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4971 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4972 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4973 return nullptr; 4974 } 4975 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4976 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4977 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4978 if (DC->isRecord()) 4979 return nullptr; 4980 4981 D.setInvalidType(); 4982 } 4983 } 4984 4985 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4986 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4987 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4988 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4989 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4990 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4991 D.setInvalidType(); 4992 } 4993 } 4994 4995 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4996 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4997 4998 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4999 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5000 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5001 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5002 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5003 return nullptr; 5004 5005 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5006 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5007 D.setInvalidType(); 5008 5009 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5010 ForRedeclaration); 5011 5012 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5013 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5014 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5015 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5016 5017 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5018 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5019 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5020 // 5021 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5022 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5023 // the same name. 5024 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5025 /* Do nothing*/; 5026 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5027 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5028 R->isFunctionType())) { 5029 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5030 CreateBuiltins = 5031 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5032 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5033 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5034 CreateBuiltins = true; 5035 5036 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5037 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5038 5039 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5040 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5041 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5042 5043 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5044 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5045 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5046 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5047 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5048 // thereof; [...] 5049 // 5050 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5051 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5052 // we want to match. For example, given: 5053 // 5054 // class X { 5055 // void f(); 5056 // void f(float); 5057 // }; 5058 // 5059 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5060 // 5061 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5062 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5063 // matches. 5064 5065 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5066 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5067 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5068 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5069 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5070 } 5071 5072 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5073 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5074 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5075 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5076 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5077 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5078 5079 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5080 Previous.clear(); 5081 } 5082 5083 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5084 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5085 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5086 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5087 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5088 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5089 Previous.clear(); 5090 5091 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5092 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5094 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5095 5096 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5097 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5098 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5099 // template, declared in namespace scope 5100 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5101 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5102 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5103 return nullptr; 5104 } 5105 5106 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5107 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5108 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5109 return nullptr; 5110 } 5111 } 5112 5113 NamedDecl *New; 5114 5115 bool AddToScope = true; 5116 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5117 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5118 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5119 return nullptr; 5120 } 5121 5122 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5123 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5124 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5125 TemplateParamLists, 5126 AddToScope); 5127 } else { 5128 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5129 AddToScope); 5130 } 5131 5132 if (!New) 5133 return nullptr; 5134 5135 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5136 // add it to the scope stack. 5137 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5138 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5139 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5140 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5141 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5142 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5143 if (!AddToContext) 5144 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5145 } 5146 5147 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5148 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5149 5150 return New; 5151 } 5152 5153 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5154 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5155 /// GCC compatibility). 5156 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5157 ASTContext &Context, 5158 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5159 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5160 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5161 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5162 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5163 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5164 SizeIsNegative = false; 5165 Oversized = 0; 5166 5167 if (T->isDependentType()) 5168 return QualType(); 5169 5170 QualifierCollector Qs; 5171 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5172 5173 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5174 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5175 QualType FixedType = 5176 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5177 Oversized); 5178 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5179 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5180 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5181 } 5182 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5183 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5184 QualType FixedType = 5185 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5186 Oversized); 5187 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5188 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5189 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5190 } 5191 5192 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5193 if (!VLATy) 5194 return QualType(); 5195 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5196 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5197 return QualType(); 5198 5199 llvm::APSInt Res; 5200 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5201 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5202 return QualType(); 5203 5204 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5205 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5206 SizeIsNegative = true; 5207 return QualType(); 5208 } 5209 5210 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5211 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5212 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5213 Res); 5214 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5215 Oversized = Res; 5216 return QualType(); 5217 } 5218 5219 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5220 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5221 } 5222 5223 static void 5224 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5225 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5226 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5227 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5228 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5229 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5230 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5231 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5232 return; 5233 } 5234 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5235 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5236 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5237 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5238 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5239 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5240 return; 5241 } 5242 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5243 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5244 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5245 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5246 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5247 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5248 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5249 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5250 } 5251 5252 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5253 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5254 /// GCC compatibility). 5255 static TypeSourceInfo* 5256 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5257 ASTContext &Context, 5258 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5259 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5260 QualType FixedTy 5261 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5262 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5263 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5264 return nullptr; 5265 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5266 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5267 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5268 return FixedTInfo; 5269 } 5270 5271 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5272 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5273 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5274 /// function-scope declarations. 5275 void 5276 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5277 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5278 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5279 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5280 return; 5281 5282 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5283 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5284 } 5285 5286 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5287 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5288 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5289 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5290 } 5291 5292 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5293 /// does not identify a function. 5294 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5295 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5296 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5297 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5298 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5299 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5300 5301 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5302 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5303 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5304 5305 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5306 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5307 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5308 } 5309 5310 NamedDecl* 5311 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5312 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5313 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5314 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5315 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5316 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5317 D.setInvalidType(); 5318 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5319 DC = CurContext; 5320 Previous.clear(); 5321 } 5322 5323 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5324 5325 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5326 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5327 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5328 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5329 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5330 << 1; 5331 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5332 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5333 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5334 5335 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5336 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5337 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5338 return nullptr; 5339 } 5340 5341 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5342 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5343 5344 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5345 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5346 5347 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5348 5349 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5350 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5351 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5352 return ND; 5353 } 5354 5355 void 5356 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5357 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5358 // then it shall have block scope. 5359 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5360 // that redeclarations will match. 5361 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5362 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5363 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5364 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5365 5366 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5367 bool SizeIsNegative; 5368 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5369 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5370 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5371 SizeIsNegative, 5372 Oversized); 5373 if (FixedTInfo) { 5374 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5375 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5376 } else { 5377 if (SizeIsNegative) 5378 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5379 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5380 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5381 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5382 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5383 << Oversized.toString(10); 5384 else 5385 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5386 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5387 } 5388 } 5389 } 5390 } 5391 5392 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5393 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5394 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5395 NamedDecl* 5396 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5397 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5398 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5399 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5400 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5401 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5402 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5403 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5404 Redeclaration = true; 5405 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5406 } 5407 5408 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5409 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5410 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5411 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5412 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5413 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5414 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5415 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5416 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5417 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5418 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5419 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5420 } 5421 5422 return NewTD; 5423 } 5424 5425 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5426 /// previous declaration. 5427 /// 5428 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5429 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5430 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5431 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5432 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5433 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5434 /// 5435 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5436 /// lookup 5437 /// 5438 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5439 /// declared. 5440 /// 5441 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5442 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5443 static bool 5444 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5445 ASTContext &Context) { 5446 if (!PrevDecl) 5447 return false; 5448 5449 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5450 return false; 5451 5452 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5453 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5454 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5455 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5456 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5457 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5458 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5459 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5460 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5461 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5462 return false; 5463 5464 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5465 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5466 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5467 return false; 5468 5469 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5470 // previous declarations. 5471 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5472 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5473 5474 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5475 // isn't the same function. 5476 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5477 return false; 5478 } 5479 5480 return true; 5481 } 5482 5483 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5484 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5485 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5486 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5487 } 5488 5489 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5490 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5491 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5492 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5493 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5494 unsigned kind = -1U; 5495 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5496 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5497 kind = 0; // __block 5498 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5499 kind = 1; // global 5500 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5501 kind = 3; // ivar 5502 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5503 kind = 2; // field 5504 } 5505 5506 if (kind != -1U) { 5507 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5508 << kind; 5509 } 5510 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5511 // Try to infer lifetime. 5512 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5513 return false; 5514 5515 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5516 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5517 decl->setType(type); 5518 } 5519 5520 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5521 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5522 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5523 var->getTLSKind()) { 5524 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5525 << var->getType(); 5526 return true; 5527 } 5528 } 5529 5530 return false; 5531 } 5532 5533 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5534 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5535 // the wrong linkage. 5536 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5537 5538 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5539 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5540 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5541 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5542 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5543 } 5544 } 5545 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5546 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5547 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5548 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5549 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5550 } 5551 } 5552 5553 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5554 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5555 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5556 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5557 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5558 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5559 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5560 } 5561 } 5562 } 5563 5564 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5565 // It does not apply to functions. 5566 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5567 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5568 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5569 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5570 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5571 } 5572 } 5573 5574 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5575 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5576 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5577 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5578 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5579 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5580 << &ND << Attr; 5581 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5582 } 5583 } 5584 5585 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5586 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5587 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5588 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5589 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5590 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5591 << Attr; 5592 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5593 } 5594 } 5595 5596 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5597 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5598 bool IsSpecialization, 5599 bool IsDefinition) { 5600 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5601 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5602 if (!IsSpecialization) 5603 IsDefinition = false; 5604 } 5605 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5606 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5607 5608 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5609 return; 5610 5611 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5612 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5613 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5614 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5615 5616 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5617 // inherited attribute instances. 5618 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5619 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5620 5621 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5622 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5623 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5624 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5625 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5626 5627 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5628 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5629 bool JustWarn = false; 5630 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5631 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5632 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5633 JustWarn = true; 5634 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5635 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5636 JustWarn = true; 5637 } 5638 5639 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5640 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5641 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5642 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5643 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5644 JustWarn = false; 5645 5646 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5647 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5648 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5649 << NewDecl 5650 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5651 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5652 if (!JustWarn) { 5653 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5654 return; 5655 } 5656 } 5657 5658 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5659 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5660 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5661 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5662 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5663 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5664 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5665 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5666 // separately. 5667 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5668 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5669 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5670 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5671 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5672 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5673 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5674 } 5675 5676 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5677 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5678 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5679 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5680 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5681 << NewDecl; 5682 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5683 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5684 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5685 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5686 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5687 } else { 5688 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5689 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5690 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5691 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5692 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5693 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5694 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5695 } 5696 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5697 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5698 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5699 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5700 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5701 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5702 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5703 } 5704 } 5705 5706 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5707 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5708 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5709 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5710 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5711 5712 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5713 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5714 5715 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5716 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5717 return false; 5718 5719 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5720 5721 #ifndef NDEBUG 5722 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5723 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5724 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5725 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5726 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5727 #endif 5728 5729 bool isC99Inline = 5730 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5731 5732 #ifndef NDEBUG 5733 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5734 #endif 5735 5736 return isC99Inline; 5737 } 5738 5739 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5740 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5741 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5742 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5743 /// 5744 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5745 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5746 /// 5747 /// For instance: 5748 /// 5749 /// auto x = []{}; 5750 /// 5751 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5752 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5753 /// 5754 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5755 template<typename T> 5756 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5757 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5758 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5759 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5760 return false; 5761 5762 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5763 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5764 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5765 return false; 5766 } 5767 return D->isExternC(); 5768 } 5769 5770 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5771 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5772 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5773 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5774 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5775 return true; 5776 if (DC->isRecord()) 5777 return false; 5778 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5779 } 5780 5781 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5782 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5783 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5784 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5785 return true; 5786 if (DC->isRecord()) 5787 return false; 5788 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5789 } 5790 5791 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5792 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5793 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5794 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5795 return true; 5796 return false; 5797 } 5798 5799 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5800 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5801 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5802 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5803 return true; 5804 5805 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5806 // position to the decl itself. 5807 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5808 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5809 return true; 5810 } 5811 5812 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5813 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5814 } 5815 5816 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5817 /// function-local external declaration. 5818 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5819 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5820 return false; 5821 5822 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5823 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5824 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5825 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5826 return true; 5827 5828 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5829 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5830 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5831 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5832 // 5833 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5834 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5835 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5836 DC = DC->getParent(); 5837 return true; 5838 } 5839 5840 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5841 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5842 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5843 return FD->isExternC(); 5844 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5845 return VD->isExternC(); 5846 5847 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5848 } 5849 5850 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5851 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5852 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5853 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5854 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5855 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5856 5857 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5858 5859 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5860 AddToScope = false; 5861 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5862 // purposes. 5863 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5864 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5865 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5866 Name = II; 5867 } 5868 } else if (!II) { 5869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5870 << Name; 5871 return nullptr; 5872 } 5873 5874 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5875 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5876 // argument. 5877 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5878 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5879 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5880 << R; 5881 D.setInvalidType(); 5882 return nullptr; 5883 } 5884 5885 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5886 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5887 5888 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5889 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5890 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5891 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5892 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5893 SC = SC_Extern; 5894 5895 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5896 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5897 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5898 5899 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5900 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5901 QualType NR = R; 5902 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5903 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5904 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5905 D.setInvalidType(); 5906 break; 5907 } 5908 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5909 } 5910 5911 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5912 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5913 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5914 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5916 D.setInvalidType(); 5917 } 5918 } 5919 } 5920 5921 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5922 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5923 // an error here 5924 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5925 D.setInvalidType(); 5926 SC = SC_None; 5927 } 5928 5929 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5930 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5931 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5932 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5933 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5934 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5935 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5936 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5937 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5938 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5939 } 5940 5941 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5942 5943 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5944 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5945 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5946 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5947 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5948 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5949 D.setInvalidType(); 5950 } 5951 } 5952 5953 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5954 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5955 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5956 // space qualifiers. 5957 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5958 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5959 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5960 } 5961 5962 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5963 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5964 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5965 // address space qualifiers. 5966 if (R->isEventT()) { 5967 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5968 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5969 D.setInvalidType(); 5970 } 5971 5972 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5973 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5974 D.setInvalidType(); 5975 } 5976 } 5977 } 5978 5979 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5980 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5981 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5982 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5983 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5984 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5985 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5986 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5987 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5988 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5989 R, TInfo, SC); 5990 5991 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5992 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5993 5994 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5995 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5996 } else { 5997 bool Invalid = false; 5998 5999 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6000 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6001 switch (SC) { 6002 case SC_None: 6003 break; 6004 case SC_Static: 6005 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6006 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6007 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6008 break; 6009 case SC_Auto: 6010 case SC_Register: 6011 case SC_Extern: 6012 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6013 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6014 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6015 // of class members 6016 6017 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6018 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6019 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6020 break; 6021 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6022 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6023 } 6024 } 6025 6026 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6027 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6028 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6029 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6030 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6031 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6032 6033 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6034 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6035 if (RD->isUnion()) 6036 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6037 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6038 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6039 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6040 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6041 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6042 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6043 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6044 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6045 } 6046 } 6047 6048 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6049 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6050 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6051 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6052 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6053 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6054 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6055 : nullptr, 6056 TemplateParamLists, 6057 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6058 6059 if (TemplateParams) { 6060 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6061 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6062 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6063 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6064 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6065 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6066 << II 6067 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6068 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6069 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6070 } else { 6071 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6072 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6073 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6074 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6075 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6076 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6077 // This is a template declaration. 6078 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6079 6080 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6081 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6082 return nullptr; 6083 6084 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6085 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6086 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6087 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6088 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6089 } 6090 } 6091 } else { 6092 assert( 6093 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6094 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6095 } 6096 6097 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6098 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6099 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6100 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6101 : SourceLocation(); 6102 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6103 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6104 IsPartialSpecialization); 6105 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6106 return nullptr; 6107 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6108 AddToScope = false; 6109 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6110 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6111 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6112 Bindings); 6113 } else 6114 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6115 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6116 6117 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6118 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6119 NewTemplate = 6120 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6121 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6122 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6123 } 6124 6125 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6126 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6127 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6128 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6129 6130 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6131 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6132 if (NewTemplate) 6133 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6134 } 6135 6136 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6137 6138 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6139 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6140 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6141 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6142 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6143 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6144 6145 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6146 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6147 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6148 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6149 // implicitly an inline variable. 6150 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6151 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6152 } 6153 6154 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6155 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6156 VTD->setConcept(); 6157 6158 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6159 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6160 // specifiers, [...] 6161 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6162 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6163 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6164 << 0 << 0; 6165 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6166 } 6167 6168 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6169 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6170 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6171 << 0 << 3; 6172 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6173 } 6174 6175 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6176 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6177 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6178 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6179 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6180 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6181 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6182 } 6183 6184 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6185 // following restrictions: 6186 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6187 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6188 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6189 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6190 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6191 } 6192 } 6193 } 6194 6195 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6196 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6197 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6198 << 0; 6199 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6200 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6201 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6202 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6203 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6204 } else { 6205 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6206 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6207 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6208 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6213 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6214 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6215 if (NewTemplate) 6216 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6217 6218 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6219 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6220 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6221 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6222 else 6223 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6224 } 6225 6226 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6227 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6228 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6229 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6230 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6231 // explicitly. 6232 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6233 // 'extern'. 6234 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6235 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6236 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6237 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6239 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6240 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6241 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6242 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6243 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6244 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6245 // error should be ignored. 6246 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6247 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6248 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6249 // to emit any code for it. 6250 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6251 } else 6252 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6253 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6254 } else 6255 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6256 } 6257 6258 // C99 6.7.4p3 6259 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6260 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6261 // thread storage duration... 6262 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6263 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6264 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6265 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6266 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6267 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6268 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6269 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6270 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6271 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6272 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6273 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6274 } 6275 } 6276 6277 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6278 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6279 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6280 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6281 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6282 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6283 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6284 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6285 << 2 6286 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6287 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6288 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6289 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6290 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6291 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6292 else { 6293 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6294 if (NewTemplate) 6295 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6296 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6297 B->setModulePrivate(); 6298 } 6299 } 6300 6301 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6302 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6303 6304 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6305 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6306 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6307 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6308 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6309 // storage [duration]." 6310 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6311 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6312 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6313 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6318 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6319 // check the VarDecl itself. 6320 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6321 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6322 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6323 6324 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6325 // retainable type. 6326 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6327 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6328 6329 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6330 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6331 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6332 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6333 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6334 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6335 switch (SC) { 6336 case SC_None: 6337 case SC_Auto: 6338 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6339 break; 6340 case SC_Register: 6341 // Local Named register 6342 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6343 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6344 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6345 break; 6346 case SC_Static: 6347 case SC_Extern: 6348 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6349 break; 6350 } 6351 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6352 // Global Named register 6353 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6354 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6355 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6356 6357 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6358 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6359 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6360 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6361 HasSizeMismatch)) 6362 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6363 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6364 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6365 } 6366 6367 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6368 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6369 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6370 } 6371 } 6372 6373 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6374 Context, Label, 0)); 6375 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6376 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6377 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6378 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6379 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6380 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6381 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6382 } else 6383 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6384 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6385 } 6386 } 6387 6388 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6389 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6390 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6391 6392 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6393 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6394 // declaration has linkage). 6395 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6396 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6397 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6398 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6399 6400 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6401 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6403 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6404 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6405 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6406 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6407 6408 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6409 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6410 } else { 6411 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6412 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6413 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6414 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6415 6416 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6417 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6418 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6419 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6420 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6421 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6422 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6424 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6425 Previous.clear(); 6426 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6427 } 6428 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6429 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6430 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6431 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6432 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6434 } 6435 6436 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6437 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6438 6439 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6440 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6441 // concept definition. 6442 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6443 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6444 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6445 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6446 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6447 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6448 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6449 << 1 /*variable*/ 6450 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6451 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6452 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 } 6455 } 6456 } 6457 6458 if (NewTemplate) { 6459 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6460 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6461 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6462 : nullptr; 6463 6464 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6465 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6466 // template declaration. 6467 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6468 TemplateParams, 6469 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6470 : nullptr, 6471 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6472 DC->isDependentContext()) 6473 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6474 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6475 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6476 6477 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6478 // template, make a note of that. 6479 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6480 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6481 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6482 } 6483 } 6484 6485 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6486 6487 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6488 // the map of such variables. 6489 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6490 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6491 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6492 6493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6494 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6495 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6496 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6497 Context.setManglingNumber( 6498 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6499 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6500 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6501 } 6502 } 6503 6504 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6505 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6506 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6507 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6508 6509 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6510 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6511 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6512 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6513 6514 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6515 // behavior. 6516 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6517 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6518 } 6519 6520 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6521 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6522 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6523 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6524 } 6525 6526 if (NewTemplate) { 6527 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6528 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6529 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6530 return NewTemplate; 6531 } 6532 6533 return NewVD; 6534 } 6535 6536 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6537 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6538 6539 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6540 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6541 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6542 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6543 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6544 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6545 } 6546 6547 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6548 /// -Wshadow. 6549 /// 6550 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6551 /// scope. 6552 /// 6553 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6554 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6555 /// 6556 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6557 // Return if warning is ignored. 6558 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6559 return; 6560 6561 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6562 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6563 return; 6564 6565 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6566 6567 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6568 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6569 return; 6570 6571 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6572 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6573 return; 6574 6575 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6576 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6577 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6578 if (MD->isStatic()) 6579 return; 6580 6581 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6582 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6583 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6584 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6585 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6586 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6587 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6588 return; 6589 } 6590 } 6591 6592 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6593 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6594 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6595 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6596 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6597 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6598 ShadowedDecl = I; 6599 break; 6600 } 6601 } 6602 6603 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6604 6605 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6606 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6607 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6608 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6609 return; 6610 6611 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6612 // static data members from base classes? 6613 6614 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6615 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6616 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6617 } 6618 6619 6620 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6621 6622 // Emit warning and note. 6623 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6624 return; 6625 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6626 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6627 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6628 } 6629 6630 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6631 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6632 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6633 return; 6634 6635 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6636 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6637 LookupName(R, S); 6638 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6639 } 6640 6641 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6642 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6643 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6644 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6645 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6646 return; 6647 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6648 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6649 if (!DRE) 6650 return; 6651 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6652 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6653 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6654 return; 6655 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6656 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6657 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6658 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6659 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6660 6661 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6662 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6663 } 6664 6665 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6666 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6667 template<typename T> 6668 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6669 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6670 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6671 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6672 6673 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6674 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6675 // declaration. 6676 return false; 6677 } 6678 6679 if (Prev) { 6680 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6681 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6682 // redeclaration. 6683 Previous.clear(); 6684 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6685 return true; 6686 } 6687 6688 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6689 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6690 // declaration. 6691 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6692 return false; 6693 } else { 6694 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6695 // translation unit which might conflict. 6696 if (IsGlobal) { 6697 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6698 IsGlobal = false; 6699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6700 I != E; ++I) { 6701 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6702 Prev = *I; 6703 break; 6704 } 6705 } 6706 } else { 6707 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6708 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6709 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6710 I != E; ++I) { 6711 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6712 Prev = *I; 6713 break; 6714 } 6715 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6716 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6717 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6718 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6719 // diagnostic. 6720 } 6721 } 6722 6723 if (!Prev) 6724 return false; 6725 } 6726 6727 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6728 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6729 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6730 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6731 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6732 else 6733 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6734 6735 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6736 << IsGlobal << ND; 6737 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6738 << IsGlobal; 6739 return false; 6740 } 6741 6742 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6743 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6744 /// 6745 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6746 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6747 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6748 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6749 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6750 template<typename T> 6751 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6752 LookupResult &Previous) { 6753 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6754 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6755 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6756 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6757 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6758 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6759 Previous.clear(); 6760 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6761 return true; 6762 } 6763 } 6764 return false; 6765 } 6766 6767 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6768 // declaration. 6769 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6770 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6771 6772 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6773 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6774 // in another scope. 6775 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6776 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6777 6778 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6779 return false; 6780 } 6781 6782 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6783 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6784 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6785 return; 6786 6787 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6788 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6789 6790 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6791 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6792 return; 6793 6794 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6795 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6796 6797 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6798 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6799 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6800 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6801 NewVD->setType(T); 6802 } 6803 6804 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6805 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6806 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6807 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6808 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6809 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6810 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6811 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6812 return; 6813 } 6814 6815 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6816 // scope. 6817 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6818 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6819 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6820 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6822 return; 6823 } 6824 6825 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6826 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6827 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6828 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6829 return; 6830 } 6831 6832 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6833 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6834 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6835 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6836 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6837 << 0 /*const*/; 6838 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6839 return; 6840 } 6841 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6842 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6843 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6844 return; 6845 } 6846 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6847 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6848 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6849 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6850 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6851 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6852 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6853 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6854 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6855 return; 6856 } 6857 } 6858 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6859 // __constant address space. 6860 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6861 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6862 // address space. 6863 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6864 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6865 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6866 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6867 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6868 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6869 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6870 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6871 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6872 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6873 else 6874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6875 << Scope << "constant"; 6876 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6877 return; 6878 } 6879 } else { 6880 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6881 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6882 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6883 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6884 return; 6885 } 6886 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6887 // in functions. 6888 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6889 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6890 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6891 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6892 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6893 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6894 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6895 else 6896 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6897 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6898 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6899 return; 6900 } 6901 } 6902 } 6903 } 6904 6905 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6906 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6907 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6908 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6909 else { 6910 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6911 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6912 } 6913 } 6914 6915 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6916 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6917 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6918 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6919 6920 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6921 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6922 bool SizeIsNegative; 6923 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6924 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6926 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6927 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6928 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6929 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6930 // int a[10][n]; 6931 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6932 6933 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6934 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6935 << SizeRange; 6936 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6937 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6938 << SizeRange; 6939 else 6940 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6941 << SizeRange; 6942 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6943 return; 6944 } 6945 6946 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6947 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6948 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6949 else 6950 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6951 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6952 return; 6953 } 6954 6955 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6956 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6957 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6958 } 6959 6960 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6961 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6962 // of objects and functions. 6963 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6964 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6965 << T; 6966 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6967 return; 6968 } 6969 } 6970 6971 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6972 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6973 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6974 return; 6975 } 6976 6977 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6978 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6979 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6980 return; 6981 } 6982 6983 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6984 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6985 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6986 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6987 return; 6988 } 6989 } 6990 6991 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6992 /// declaration. 6993 /// 6994 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6995 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6996 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6997 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6998 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6999 /// 7000 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7001 /// 7002 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7003 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7004 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7005 7006 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7007 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7008 return false; 7009 7010 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7011 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7012 if (Previous.empty() && 7013 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7014 Previous.setShadowed(); 7015 7016 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7017 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7018 return true; 7019 } 7020 return false; 7021 } 7022 7023 namespace { 7024 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7025 Sema *S; 7026 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7027 7028 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7029 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7030 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7031 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7032 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7033 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7034 7035 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7036 7037 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7038 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7039 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7040 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7041 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7042 7043 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7044 } 7045 7046 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7047 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7048 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7049 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7050 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7051 return true; 7052 } 7053 } 7054 7055 return false; 7056 } 7057 }; 7058 7059 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7060 } // end anonymous namespace 7061 7062 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7063 /// overriden methods. 7064 /// 7065 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7066 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7067 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7068 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7069 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7070 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7071 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7072 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7073 I != E; ++I) { 7074 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7075 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7076 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7077 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7078 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7079 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7080 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7081 } 7082 } 7083 7084 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7085 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7086 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7087 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7088 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7089 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7090 FOM.Method = MD; 7091 FOM.S = this; 7092 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7093 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7094 bool AddedAny = false; 7095 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7096 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7097 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7098 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7099 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7100 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7101 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7102 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7103 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7104 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7105 AddedAny = true; 7106 } 7107 } 7108 } 7109 } 7110 7111 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7112 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7113 } 7114 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7115 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7116 } 7117 7118 return AddedAny; 7119 } 7120 7121 namespace { 7122 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7123 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7124 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7125 Scope *S; 7126 Declarator &D; 7127 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7128 bool AddToScope; 7129 }; 7130 } // end anonymous namespace 7131 7132 namespace { 7133 7134 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7135 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7136 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7137 public: 7138 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7139 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7140 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7141 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7142 7143 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7144 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7145 return false; 7146 7147 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7148 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7149 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7150 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7151 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7152 7153 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7154 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7155 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7156 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7157 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7158 return true; 7159 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7160 return true; 7161 } 7162 } 7163 } 7164 7165 return false; 7166 } 7167 7168 private: 7169 ASTContext &Context; 7170 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7171 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7172 }; 7173 7174 } // end anonymous namespace 7175 7176 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7177 /// 7178 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7179 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7180 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7181 /// the same name. 7182 /// 7183 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7184 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7185 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7186 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7187 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7188 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7189 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7190 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7191 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7192 TypoCorrection Correction; 7193 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7194 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7195 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7196 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7197 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7198 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7199 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7200 7201 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7202 if (IsLocalFriend) 7203 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7204 else 7205 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7206 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7207 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7208 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7209 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7210 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7211 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7212 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7213 if (FD && 7214 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7215 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7216 // involve a parameter 7217 unsigned ParamNum = 7218 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7219 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7220 } 7221 } 7222 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7223 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7224 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7225 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7226 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7227 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7228 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7229 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7230 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7231 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7232 Previous.clear(); 7233 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7234 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7235 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7236 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7237 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7238 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7239 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7240 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7241 } 7242 } 7243 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7244 7245 NamedDecl *Result; 7246 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7247 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7248 { 7249 // Trap errors. 7250 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7251 7252 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7253 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7254 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7255 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7256 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7257 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7258 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7259 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7260 7261 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7262 Result = nullptr; 7263 } 7264 7265 if (Result) { 7266 // Determine which correction we picked. 7267 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7268 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7269 I != E; ++I) 7270 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7271 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7272 7273 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7274 Correction, 7275 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7276 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7277 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7278 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7279 return Result; 7280 } 7281 7282 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7283 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7284 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7285 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7286 Previous.clear(); 7287 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7288 } 7289 7290 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7291 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7292 7293 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7294 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7295 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7296 7297 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7298 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7299 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7300 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7301 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7302 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7303 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7304 7305 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7306 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7307 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7308 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7309 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7310 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7311 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7312 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7313 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7314 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7315 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7316 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7317 } else 7318 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7319 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7320 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7321 } 7322 return nullptr; 7323 } 7324 7325 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7326 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7327 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7328 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7329 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7330 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7331 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7332 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7333 D.setInvalidType(); 7334 break; 7335 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7336 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7337 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7338 return SC_None; 7339 return SC_Extern; 7340 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7341 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7342 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7343 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7344 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7345 // other than extern 7346 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7347 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7348 diag::err_static_block_func); 7349 break; 7350 } else 7351 return SC_Static; 7352 } 7353 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7354 } 7355 7356 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7357 return SC_None; 7358 } 7359 7360 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7361 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7363 StorageClass SC, 7364 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7365 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7366 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7367 7368 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7369 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7370 7371 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7372 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7373 // prototype. This true when: 7374 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7375 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7376 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7377 bool HasPrototype = 7378 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7379 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7380 7381 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7382 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7383 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7384 HasPrototype, false); 7385 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7386 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7387 7388 return NewFD; 7389 } 7390 7391 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7392 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7393 7394 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7395 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7396 // the class has been completely parsed. 7397 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7398 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7399 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7400 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7401 D.setInvalidType(); 7402 7403 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7404 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7405 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7406 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7407 7408 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7409 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7410 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7411 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7412 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7413 isConstexpr); 7414 7415 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7416 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7417 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7418 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7419 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7420 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7421 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7422 D.getLocStart(), 7423 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7424 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7425 7426 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7427 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7428 // it yet. 7429 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7430 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7431 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7432 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7433 } 7434 7435 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7436 return NewDD; 7437 7438 } else { 7439 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7440 D.setInvalidType(); 7441 7442 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7443 // code path. 7444 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7445 D.getLocStart(), 7446 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7447 SC, isInline, 7448 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7449 } 7450 7451 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7452 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7453 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7454 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7455 return nullptr; 7456 } 7457 7458 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7459 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7460 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7461 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7462 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7463 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7464 7465 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7466 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7467 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7468 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7469 // constructor if it has no return type). 7470 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7471 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7472 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7473 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7474 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7475 return nullptr; 7476 } 7477 7478 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7479 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7480 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7481 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7482 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7483 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7484 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7485 return Ret; 7486 } else { 7487 bool isFriend = 7488 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7489 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7490 return nullptr; 7491 7492 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7493 // prototype. This true when: 7494 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7495 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7496 D.getLocStart(), 7497 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7498 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7499 } 7500 } 7501 7502 enum OpenCLParamType { 7503 ValidKernelParam, 7504 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7505 PtrKernelParam, 7506 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7507 InvalidKernelParam, 7508 RecordKernelParam 7509 }; 7510 7511 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7512 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7513 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7514 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7515 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7516 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7517 : PtrKernelParam; 7518 } 7519 7520 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7521 // be used as builtin types. 7522 7523 if (PT->isImageType()) 7524 return PtrKernelParam; 7525 7526 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7527 return InvalidKernelParam; 7528 7529 if (PT->isEventT()) 7530 return InvalidKernelParam; 7531 7532 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7533 return InvalidKernelParam; 7534 7535 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7536 return RecordKernelParam; 7537 7538 return ValidKernelParam; 7539 } 7540 7541 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7542 Sema &S, 7543 Declarator &D, 7544 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7545 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7546 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7547 7548 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7549 // used again 7550 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7551 return; 7552 7553 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7554 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7555 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7556 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7557 // pointer to a pointer type. 7558 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7559 D.setInvalidType(); 7560 return; 7561 7562 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7563 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7564 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7565 // pointer to the private address space. 7566 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7567 D.setInvalidType(); 7568 return; 7569 7570 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7571 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7572 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7573 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7574 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7575 7576 case InvalidKernelParam: 7577 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7578 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7579 // of event_t type. 7580 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7581 D.setInvalidType(); 7582 return; 7583 7584 case PtrKernelParam: 7585 case ValidKernelParam: 7586 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7587 return; 7588 7589 case RecordKernelParam: 7590 break; 7591 } 7592 7593 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7594 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7595 7596 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7597 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7598 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7599 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7600 7601 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7602 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7603 7604 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7605 7606 do { 7607 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7608 if (!Next) { 7609 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7610 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7611 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7612 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7613 7614 continue; 7615 } 7616 7617 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7618 // field itself) to the history stack. 7619 const RecordDecl *RD; 7620 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7621 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7622 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7623 } else { 7624 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7625 } 7626 7627 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7628 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7629 7630 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7631 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7632 7633 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7634 continue; 7635 7636 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7637 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7638 continue; 7639 7640 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7641 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7642 continue; 7643 } 7644 7645 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7646 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7647 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7648 // union. 7649 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7650 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7651 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7652 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7653 << PT->isUnionType() 7654 << PT; 7655 } else { 7656 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7657 } 7658 7659 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7660 << PD->getDeclName(); 7661 7662 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7663 // the offending field came from 7664 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7665 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7666 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7667 I != E; ++I) { 7668 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7669 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7670 << OuterField->getType(); 7671 } 7672 7673 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7674 << QT->isPointerType() 7675 << QT; 7676 D.setInvalidType(); 7677 return; 7678 } 7679 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7680 } 7681 7682 NamedDecl* 7683 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7684 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7685 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7686 bool &AddToScope) { 7687 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7688 7689 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7690 7691 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7692 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7693 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7694 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7695 7696 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7697 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7698 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7699 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7700 7701 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7702 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7703 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7704 7705 bool isFriend = false; 7706 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7707 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7708 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7709 7710 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7711 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7712 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7713 7714 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7715 7716 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7717 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7718 7719 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7720 isVirtualOkay); 7721 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7722 7723 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7724 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7725 7726 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7727 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7728 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7729 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7730 7731 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7732 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7733 7734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7735 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7736 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7737 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7738 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7739 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7740 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7741 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7742 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7743 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7744 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7745 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7746 } 7747 7748 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7749 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7750 // return true). 7751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7752 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7753 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7754 NewFD->setPure(true); 7755 7756 // C++ [class.union]p2 7757 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7758 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7759 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7760 } 7761 7762 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7763 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7764 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7765 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7766 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7767 7768 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7769 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7770 bool Invalid = false; 7771 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7772 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7773 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7774 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7775 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7776 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7777 : nullptr, 7778 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7779 Invalid)) { 7780 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7781 // This is a function template 7782 7783 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7784 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7785 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7786 7787 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7788 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7789 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7790 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7791 } 7792 7793 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7794 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7795 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7796 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7797 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7798 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7799 Invalid = true; 7800 } 7801 7802 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7803 NewFD->getLocation(), 7804 Name, TemplateParams, 7805 NewFD); 7806 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7807 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7808 7809 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7810 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7811 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7812 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7813 } 7814 } else { 7815 // This is a function template specialization. 7816 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7817 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7818 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7819 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7820 7821 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7822 if (isFriend) { 7823 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7824 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7825 7826 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7827 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7828 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7829 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7830 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7831 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7832 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7833 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7834 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7835 } 7836 7837 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7838 << Name << RemoveRange 7839 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7840 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7841 } 7842 } 7843 } 7844 else { 7845 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7846 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7847 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7848 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7849 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7850 } 7851 7852 if (Invalid) { 7853 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7854 if (FunctionTemplate) 7855 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7856 } 7857 7858 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7859 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7860 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7861 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7862 // 7863 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7864 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7865 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7866 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7867 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7868 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7869 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7870 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7871 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7872 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7873 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7874 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7875 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7876 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7877 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7878 } else { 7879 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7880 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7881 } 7882 7883 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7884 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7886 } 7887 7888 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7889 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7890 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7891 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7892 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7893 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7894 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7895 // thing to do. 7896 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7897 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7898 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7899 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7900 QualType Result = 7901 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7902 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7903 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7904 } 7905 7906 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7907 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7908 // declaration. 7909 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7910 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7911 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7912 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7913 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7914 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7915 } 7916 } 7917 7918 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7919 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7920 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7921 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7922 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7923 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7924 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7925 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7926 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7927 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7928 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7929 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7930 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7931 // or conversion function. 7932 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7933 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7934 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7935 } 7936 } 7937 7938 if (isConstexpr) { 7939 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7940 // are implicitly inline. 7941 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7942 7943 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7944 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7945 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7946 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7947 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7948 } 7949 7950 if (isConcept) { 7951 // This is a function concept. 7952 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7953 FTD->setConcept(); 7954 7955 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7956 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7957 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7958 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7959 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7960 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7961 } 7962 7963 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7964 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7965 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7966 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7967 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7968 SourceRange Range; 7969 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7970 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7971 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7972 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7973 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7974 } else { 7975 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7976 } 7977 7978 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7979 // following restrictions: 7980 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7981 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7982 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7984 } 7985 7986 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7987 // following restrictions: 7988 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7989 // parameter list. 7990 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7991 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7992 } 7993 7994 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7995 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7996 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7997 7998 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7999 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8000 // specifiers, [...] 8001 if (isInline) { 8002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8003 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8004 << 1 << 1; 8005 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8006 } 8007 8008 if (isFriend) { 8009 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8010 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8011 << 1 << 2; 8012 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8013 } 8014 8015 if (isConstexpr) { 8016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8017 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8018 << 1 << 3; 8019 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8020 } 8021 8022 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8023 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8024 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8025 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8026 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8027 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8028 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8029 return NewFD; 8030 } 8031 } 8032 8033 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8034 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8035 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8036 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8037 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8038 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8039 << 0 8040 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8041 } else { 8042 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8043 if (FunctionTemplate) 8044 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8045 } 8046 } 8047 8048 if (isFriend) { 8049 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8050 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8051 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8052 } 8053 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8054 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8055 } 8056 8057 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8058 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8059 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8060 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8061 case FDK_Declaration: 8062 case FDK_Definition: 8063 break; 8064 8065 case FDK_Defaulted: 8066 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8067 break; 8068 8069 case FDK_Deleted: 8070 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8071 break; 8072 } 8073 8074 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8075 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8076 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8077 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8078 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8079 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8080 } 8081 8082 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8083 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8084 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8085 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8086 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8087 // the class. 8088 8089 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8090 // member function definition. 8091 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8092 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8093 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8094 } 8095 8096 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8097 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8098 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8099 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8100 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8101 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8102 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8103 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8104 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8105 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8106 } 8107 8108 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8109 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8110 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8111 isExplicitSpecialization || 8112 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8113 8114 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8115 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8116 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8117 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8118 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8119 SE->getString(), 0)); 8120 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8121 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8122 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8123 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8124 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8125 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8126 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8127 } else 8128 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8129 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8130 } 8131 } 8132 8133 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8134 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8135 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8136 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8137 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8138 8139 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8140 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8141 // single void argument. 8142 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8143 // already checks for that case. 8144 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8145 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8146 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8147 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8148 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8149 Params.push_back(Param); 8150 8151 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8152 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8153 } 8154 } 8155 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8156 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8157 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8158 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8159 // 8160 // @code 8161 // typedef void fn(int); 8162 // fn f; 8163 // @endcode 8164 8165 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8166 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8167 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8168 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8169 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8170 Params.push_back(Param); 8171 } 8172 } else { 8173 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8174 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8175 } 8176 8177 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8178 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8179 8180 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8181 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8182 // 8183 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8184 // 8185 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8186 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8187 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8188 8189 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8190 NewFD->addAttr( 8191 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8192 Context, 0)); 8193 8194 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8195 // because all functions have linkage. 8196 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8197 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8198 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8199 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8200 } 8201 8202 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8203 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8204 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8205 NewFD->addAttr( 8206 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8207 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8208 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8209 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8210 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8211 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8212 NewFD)) 8213 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8214 } 8215 8216 // Handle attributes. 8217 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8218 8219 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8220 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8221 8222 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8223 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8224 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8225 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8226 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8227 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8228 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8229 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8230 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8231 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8232 } 8233 } 8234 8235 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8236 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8237 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8238 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8239 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8240 8241 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8242 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8243 8244 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8245 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8246 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8247 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8248 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8249 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8250 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8251 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8252 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8253 8254 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8255 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8256 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8257 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8258 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8259 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8260 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8261 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8262 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8263 int DiagID = 8264 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8265 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8266 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8267 } 8268 } 8269 } else { 8270 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8271 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8272 // 8273 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8274 // 8275 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8276 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8277 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8278 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8279 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8280 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8281 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8282 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8283 8284 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8285 // argument list into our AST format. 8286 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8287 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8288 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8289 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8290 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8291 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8292 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8293 TemplateArgs); 8294 8295 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8296 8297 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8298 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8299 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8300 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8301 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8302 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8303 8304 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8305 } else { 8306 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8307 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8308 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8309 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8310 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8311 } 8312 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8313 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8314 // wrote something like: 8315 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8316 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8317 // friend void foo<>(int); 8318 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8319 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8320 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8321 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8322 } 8323 8324 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8325 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8326 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8327 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8328 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8329 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8330 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8331 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8332 TemplateArgs, 8333 InstantiationDependent))) { 8334 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8335 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8336 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8337 Previous)) 8338 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8339 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8340 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8341 && !isFriend) { 8342 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8343 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8344 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8345 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8346 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8347 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8348 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8349 : nullptr), 8350 Previous)) 8351 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8352 8353 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8354 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8355 // specialization (14.7.3) 8356 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8357 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8358 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8359 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8360 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8361 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8362 << SC 8363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8364 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8365 8366 else 8367 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8368 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8369 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8370 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8371 } 8372 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8373 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8374 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8375 } 8376 8377 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8378 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8379 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8380 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8381 8382 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8383 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8384 8385 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8386 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8387 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8388 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8389 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8390 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8391 } 8392 8393 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8394 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8395 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8396 8397 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8398 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8399 : NewFD); 8400 8401 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8402 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8403 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8404 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8405 8406 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8407 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8408 } 8409 8410 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8411 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8412 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8413 8414 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8415 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8416 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8417 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8418 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8419 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8420 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8421 : nullptr, 8422 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8423 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8424 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8425 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8426 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8427 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8428 DC->isDependentContext()) 8429 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8430 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8431 } 8432 8433 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8434 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8435 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8436 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8437 AddToScope }; 8438 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8439 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8440 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8441 8442 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8443 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8444 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8445 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8446 8447 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8448 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8449 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8450 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8451 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8452 // can actually do this check immediately. 8453 if (isFriend && 8454 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8455 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8456 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8457 // ignore these 8458 } else { 8459 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8460 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8461 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8462 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8463 // 8464 // class X { 8465 // void f() const; 8466 // }; 8467 // 8468 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8469 // 8470 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8471 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8472 // whether the parameter types are references). 8473 8474 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8475 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8476 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8477 return Result; 8478 } 8479 } 8480 8481 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8482 // to something. 8483 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8484 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8485 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8486 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8487 return Result; 8488 } 8489 } 8490 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8491 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8492 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8493 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8494 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8495 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8496 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8497 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8498 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8499 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8500 // generate them. 8501 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8502 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8503 } 8504 } 8505 8506 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8507 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8508 8509 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8510 8511 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8512 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8513 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8514 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8515 << NewFD; 8516 8517 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8518 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8519 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8520 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8521 EPI.Variadic = true; 8522 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8523 8524 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8525 NewFD->setType(R); 8526 } 8527 8528 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8529 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8530 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8531 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8532 8533 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8534 // marking the function. 8535 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8536 8537 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8538 // a pragma. 8539 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8540 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8541 8542 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8543 // the map of such variables. 8544 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8545 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8546 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8547 8548 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8549 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8550 8551 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8552 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8553 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8554 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8555 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8556 } 8557 8558 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8559 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8560 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8561 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8562 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8563 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8564 8565 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8566 } 8567 8568 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8569 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8570 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8571 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8572 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8573 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8574 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8575 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8576 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8577 } 8578 } 8579 8580 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8581 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8582 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8583 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8584 return FunctionTemplate; 8585 } 8586 } 8587 8588 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8589 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8590 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8591 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8593 D.setInvalidType(); 8594 } 8595 8596 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8597 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8598 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8599 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8600 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8601 : FixItHint()); 8602 D.setInvalidType(); 8603 } 8604 8605 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8606 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8607 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8608 } 8609 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8610 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8611 8612 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8613 // types. 8614 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8615 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8616 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8617 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8618 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8619 D.setInvalidType(); 8620 } 8621 } 8622 } 8623 } 8624 8625 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8626 8627 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8628 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8629 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8630 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8631 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8632 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8633 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8634 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8635 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8636 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8637 AddToScope = false; 8638 } 8639 8640 return NewFD; 8641 } 8642 8643 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8644 /// 8645 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8646 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8647 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8648 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8649 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8650 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8651 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8652 /// 8653 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8654 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8655 /// 8656 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8657 /// 8658 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8659 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8660 LookupResult &Previous, 8661 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8662 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8663 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8664 8665 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8666 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8667 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8668 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8669 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8670 8671 bool Redeclaration = false; 8672 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8673 8674 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8675 // the same name, if appropriate. 8676 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8677 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8678 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8679 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8680 // function to the scope. 8681 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8682 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8683 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8684 Redeclaration = true; 8685 OldDecl = Candidate; 8686 } 8687 } else { 8688 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8689 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8690 case Ovl_Match: 8691 Redeclaration = true; 8692 break; 8693 8694 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8695 Redeclaration = true; 8696 break; 8697 8698 case Ovl_Overload: 8699 Redeclaration = false; 8700 break; 8701 } 8702 8703 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8704 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8705 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8706 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8707 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8708 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8709 if (Redeclaration) 8710 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8711 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8712 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8713 if (OverloadedDecl) 8714 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8715 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8716 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8717 } 8718 } 8719 } 8720 8721 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8722 if (!Redeclaration && 8723 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8724 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8725 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8726 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8727 Redeclaration = true; 8728 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8729 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8730 8731 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8732 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8733 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8734 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8735 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8736 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8737 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8738 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8739 } 8740 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8741 Redeclaration = false; 8742 OldDecl = nullptr; 8743 } 8744 } 8745 } 8746 } 8747 8748 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8749 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8750 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8751 // 8752 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8753 // definition of a static member function. 8754 // 8755 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8756 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8757 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8758 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8759 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8760 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8761 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8762 if (OldDecl) 8763 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8764 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8765 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8766 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8767 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8768 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8769 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8770 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8771 8772 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8773 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8774 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8775 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8776 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8777 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8778 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8779 8780 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8781 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8782 } 8783 } 8784 } 8785 8786 if (Redeclaration) { 8787 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8788 // merged. 8789 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8790 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8791 return Redeclaration; 8792 } 8793 8794 Previous.clear(); 8795 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8796 8797 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8798 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8799 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8800 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8801 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8802 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8803 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8804 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8805 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8806 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8807 } 8808 8809 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8810 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8811 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8812 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8813 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8814 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8815 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8816 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8817 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8818 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8819 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8820 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8821 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8822 } 8823 } 8824 8825 } else { 8826 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8827 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8828 8829 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8830 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8831 } 8832 } 8833 8834 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8835 8836 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8837 // C++-specific checks. 8838 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8839 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8840 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8841 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8842 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8843 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8844 8845 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8846 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8847 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8848 DeclarationName Name 8849 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8850 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8851 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8852 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8853 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8854 return Redeclaration; 8855 } 8856 } 8857 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8858 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8859 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8860 } 8861 8862 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8863 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8864 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8865 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8866 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8867 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8868 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8869 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8870 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8871 } 8872 } 8873 } 8874 8875 if (Method->isStatic()) 8876 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8877 } 8878 8879 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8880 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8881 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8882 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8883 return Redeclaration; 8884 } 8885 8886 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8887 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8888 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8889 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8890 return Redeclaration; 8891 } 8892 8893 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8894 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8895 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8896 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8897 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8898 8899 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8900 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8901 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8902 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8903 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8904 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8905 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8906 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8907 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8908 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8909 } 8910 } 8911 8912 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8913 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8914 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8915 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8916 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8917 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8918 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8919 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8920 << NewFD << R; 8921 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8922 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8923 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8924 } 8925 } 8926 return Redeclaration; 8927 } 8928 8929 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8930 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8931 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8932 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8933 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8934 // appear in a declaration of main. 8935 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8936 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8937 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8938 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8939 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8940 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8941 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8942 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8943 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8944 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8945 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8946 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8947 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8948 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8949 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8950 } 8951 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8952 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8953 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8954 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8955 } 8956 8957 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8958 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8959 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8960 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8961 return; 8962 } 8963 8964 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8965 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8966 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8967 8968 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8969 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8970 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8971 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8972 8973 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8974 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8975 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8976 else { 8977 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8978 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8979 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8980 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8981 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8982 } 8983 } else { 8984 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8985 // set the flag which tells us that. 8986 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8987 8988 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8989 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8990 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8991 else { 8992 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8993 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8994 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8995 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8996 : FixItHint()); 8997 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8998 } 8999 } 9000 9001 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9002 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9003 9004 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9005 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9006 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9007 9008 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9009 9010 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9011 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9012 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9013 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9014 } 9015 9016 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9017 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9018 // getting shifty. 9019 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9020 HasExtraParameters = false; 9021 9022 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9023 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9024 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9025 nparams = 3; 9026 } 9027 9028 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9029 // if we had some location information about types. 9030 9031 QualType CharPP = 9032 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9033 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9034 9035 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9036 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9037 9038 bool mismatch = true; 9039 9040 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9041 mismatch = false; 9042 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9043 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9044 // char const ** 9045 // char const * const * 9046 // char * const * 9047 9048 QualifierCollector qs; 9049 const PointerType* PT; 9050 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9051 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9052 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9053 Context.CharTy)) { 9054 qs.removeConst(); 9055 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9056 } 9057 } 9058 9059 if (mismatch) { 9060 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9061 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9062 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9063 } 9064 } 9065 9066 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9067 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9068 } 9069 9070 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9071 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9072 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9073 } 9074 } 9075 9076 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9077 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9078 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9079 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9080 9081 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9082 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9083 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9084 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9085 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9086 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9087 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9088 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9089 9090 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9091 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9092 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9093 } 9094 } 9095 9096 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9097 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9098 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9099 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9100 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9101 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9102 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9103 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9104 // rules there don't matter.) 9105 const Expr *Culprit; 9106 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9107 return false; 9108 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9109 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9110 return true; 9111 } 9112 9113 namespace { 9114 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9115 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9116 class SelfReferenceChecker 9117 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9118 Sema &S; 9119 Decl *OrigDecl; 9120 bool isRecordType; 9121 bool isPODType; 9122 bool isReferenceType; 9123 9124 bool isInitList; 9125 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9126 9127 public: 9128 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9129 9130 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9131 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9132 isPODType = false; 9133 isRecordType = false; 9134 isReferenceType = false; 9135 isInitList = false; 9136 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9137 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9138 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9139 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9140 } 9141 } 9142 9143 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9144 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9145 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9146 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9147 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9148 if (!InitList) { 9149 Visit(E); 9150 return; 9151 } 9152 9153 // Track and increment the index here. 9154 isInitList = true; 9155 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9156 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9157 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9158 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9159 } 9160 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9161 } 9162 9163 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9164 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9165 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9166 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9167 Expr *Base = E; 9168 bool ReferenceField = false; 9169 9170 // Get the field memebers used. 9171 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9172 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9173 if (!FD) 9174 return false; 9175 Fields.push_back(FD); 9176 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9177 ReferenceField = true; 9178 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9179 } 9180 9181 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9182 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9183 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9184 return false; 9185 9186 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9187 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9188 return true; 9189 9190 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9191 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9192 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9193 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9194 9195 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9196 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9197 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9198 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9199 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9200 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9201 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9202 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9203 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9204 return true; 9205 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9206 break; 9207 } 9208 9209 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9210 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9211 return true; 9212 } 9213 9214 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9215 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9216 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9217 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9218 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9219 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9220 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9221 return; 9222 } 9223 9224 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9225 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9226 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9227 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9228 return; 9229 } 9230 9231 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9232 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9233 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9234 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9235 return; 9236 } 9237 9238 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9239 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9240 return; 9241 } 9242 9243 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9244 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9245 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9246 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9247 return; 9248 } 9249 } 9250 9251 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9252 if (isInitList) { 9253 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9254 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9255 return; 9256 } 9257 9258 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9259 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9260 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9261 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9262 return; 9263 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9264 } 9265 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9266 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9267 return; 9268 } 9269 9270 Visit(E); 9271 } 9272 9273 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9274 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9275 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9276 if (isReferenceType) 9277 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9278 } 9279 9280 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9281 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9282 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9283 return; 9284 } 9285 9286 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9287 } 9288 9289 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9290 if (isInitList) { 9291 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9292 return; 9293 } 9294 9295 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9296 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9297 9298 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9299 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9300 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9301 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9302 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9303 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9304 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9305 Warn = false; 9306 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9307 } 9308 9309 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9310 if (Warn) 9311 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9312 return; 9313 } 9314 9315 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9316 // Visit that expression. 9317 Visit(Base); 9318 } 9319 9320 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9321 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9322 9323 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9324 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9325 9326 Visit(Callee); 9327 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9328 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9329 } 9330 9331 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9332 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9333 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9334 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9335 if (!isPODType) 9336 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9337 return; 9338 } 9339 9340 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9341 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9342 return; 9343 } 9344 9345 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9346 } 9347 9348 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9349 9350 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9351 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9352 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9353 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9354 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9355 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9356 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9357 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9358 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9359 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9360 return; 9361 } 9362 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9363 } 9364 9365 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9366 // Treat std::move as a use. 9367 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9368 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9369 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9370 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9371 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9372 return; 9373 } 9374 } 9375 } 9376 9377 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9378 } 9379 9380 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9381 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9382 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9383 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9384 return; 9385 } 9386 9387 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9388 } 9389 9390 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9391 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9392 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9393 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9394 Visit(E->getCond()); 9395 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9396 } 9397 9398 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9399 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9400 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9401 unsigned diag; 9402 if (isReferenceType) { 9403 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9404 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9405 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9406 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9407 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9408 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9409 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9410 } else { 9411 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9412 return; 9413 } 9414 9415 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9416 S.PDiag(diag) 9417 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9418 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9419 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9420 } 9421 }; 9422 9423 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9424 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9425 bool DirectInit) { 9426 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9427 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9428 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9429 return; 9430 9431 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9432 9433 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9434 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9435 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9436 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9437 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9438 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9439 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9440 return; 9441 9442 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9443 } 9444 } // end anonymous namespace 9445 9446 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9447 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9448 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9449 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9450 Expr *Init) { 9451 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9452 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9453 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9454 9455 // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the 9456 // initializer is an array. 9457 9458 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9459 if (DirectInit) { 9460 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9461 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9462 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9463 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9464 } 9465 9466 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9467 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9468 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9469 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9470 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9471 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9472 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9473 << Name << Type << Range; 9474 return QualType(); 9475 } 9476 9477 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9478 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9479 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9480 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9481 << Name << Type << Range; 9482 return QualType(); 9483 } 9484 9485 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9486 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9487 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9488 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9489 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9490 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9491 return QualType(); 9492 } 9493 9494 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9495 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9496 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9497 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9498 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9499 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9500 return QualType(); 9501 } 9502 Init = Result.get(); 9503 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9504 } 9505 9506 QualType DeducedType; 9507 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9508 if (!IsInitCapture) 9509 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9510 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9511 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9512 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9513 << Name 9514 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9515 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9516 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9517 else 9518 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9519 << Name << TSI->getType() 9520 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9521 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9522 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9523 } 9524 9525 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9526 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9527 // checks. 9528 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9529 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9530 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9531 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9532 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9533 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9534 } 9535 9536 return DeducedType; 9537 } 9538 9539 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9540 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9541 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9542 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9543 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9544 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9545 // the initializer. 9546 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9547 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9548 return; 9549 } 9550 9551 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9552 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9553 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9554 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9555 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9556 return; 9557 } 9558 9559 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9560 if (!VDecl) { 9561 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9562 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9563 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9564 return; 9565 } 9566 9567 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not 9568 // permitted. 9569 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9570 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl; 9571 9572 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9573 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9574 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9575 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9576 // TypoExpr. 9577 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9578 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9579 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9580 return; 9581 } 9582 Init = Res.get(); 9583 9584 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9585 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9586 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9587 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9588 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9589 return; 9590 } 9591 9592 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9593 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9594 9595 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9596 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9597 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9598 9599 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9600 // the previously declared type. 9601 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9602 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9603 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9604 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9605 } 9606 9607 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9608 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9609 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9610 return; 9611 } 9612 9613 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9614 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9615 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9616 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9617 return; 9618 } 9619 9620 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9621 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9622 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9623 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9624 return; 9625 } 9626 9627 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9628 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9629 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9630 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9631 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9632 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9633 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9634 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9635 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9636 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9637 return; 9638 } 9639 9640 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9641 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9642 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9643 AbstractVariableType)) 9644 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9645 } 9646 9647 VarDecl *Def; 9648 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9649 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9650 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9651 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9652 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9653 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9654 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9655 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9656 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9657 } else { 9658 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9659 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9660 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9661 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9662 return; 9663 } 9664 } 9665 9666 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9667 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9668 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9669 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9670 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9671 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9672 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9673 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9674 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9675 // 9676 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9677 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9678 // declaration with an initializer. 9679 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9680 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9681 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9682 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9683 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9684 << 0; 9685 return; 9686 } 9687 9688 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9689 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9690 9691 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9692 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9693 return; 9694 } 9695 } 9696 9697 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9698 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9699 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9700 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9701 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9702 return; 9703 } 9704 9705 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9706 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9707 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9708 9709 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9710 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9711 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9712 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9713 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9714 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9715 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9716 return; 9717 } 9718 Init = Result.get(); 9719 } 9720 9721 // Perform the initialization. 9722 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9723 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9724 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9725 InitializationKind Kind = 9726 DirectInit 9727 ? CXXDirectInit 9728 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9729 Init->getLocStart(), 9730 Init->getLocEnd()) 9731 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9732 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9733 Init->getLocStart()); 9734 9735 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9736 if (CXXDirectInit) 9737 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9738 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9739 9740 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9741 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9742 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9743 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9744 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9745 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9746 }); 9747 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9748 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9749 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9750 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9751 } 9752 } 9753 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9754 return; 9755 9756 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9757 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9758 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9759 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9760 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9761 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9762 return; 9763 } 9764 9765 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9766 } 9767 9768 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9769 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9770 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9771 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9772 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9773 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9774 } 9775 9776 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9777 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9778 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9779 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9780 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9781 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9782 9783 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9784 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9785 9786 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9787 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9788 9789 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9790 // Although this code can still have problems: 9791 // id x = self.weakProp; 9792 // id y = self.weakProp; 9793 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9794 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9795 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9796 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9797 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9798 Init->getLocStart())) 9799 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9800 } 9801 9802 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9803 // 9804 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9805 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9806 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9807 // 9808 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9809 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9810 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9811 // 9812 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9813 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9814 false, 9815 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9816 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9817 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9818 return; 9819 } 9820 Init = Result.get(); 9821 9822 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9823 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9824 9825 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9826 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9827 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9828 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9829 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9830 const Expr *Culprit; 9831 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9832 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9833 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9834 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9835 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9836 // constant expressions. 9837 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9838 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9839 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9840 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9841 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9842 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9843 } 9844 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 9845 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9846 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9847 // 9848 // struct S { 9849 // static const int value = 17; 9850 // }; 9851 9852 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9853 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9854 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9855 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9856 // 9857 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9858 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 9859 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9860 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9861 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9862 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9863 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9864 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9865 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9866 9867 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9868 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9869 9870 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9871 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9872 // type. 9873 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9874 9875 // Require constness. 9876 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9877 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9878 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9879 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9880 9881 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9882 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9883 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9884 SourceLocation Loc; 9885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9886 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9887 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9888 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9889 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9890 ; // Nothing to check. 9891 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9892 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9893 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9894 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9895 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9896 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9897 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9898 } else { 9899 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9900 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9901 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9902 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9903 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9904 } 9905 9906 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9907 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9908 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9909 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9910 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9911 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9912 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9913 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9914 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9915 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9916 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9917 } else { 9918 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9919 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9920 9921 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9922 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9923 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9924 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9925 } 9926 } 9927 9928 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9929 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9930 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9931 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9932 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9933 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9934 9935 } else { 9936 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9937 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9938 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9939 } 9940 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9941 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9942 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9943 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9944 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9945 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9946 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9947 9948 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9949 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9950 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9951 } 9952 9953 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9954 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9955 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9956 // 9957 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9958 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9959 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9960 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9961 // special case code. 9962 9963 // C++ 8.5p11: 9964 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9965 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9966 // class type. 9967 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9968 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9969 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9970 } else if (DirectInit) { 9971 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9972 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9973 } 9974 9975 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9976 } 9977 9978 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9979 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9980 /// of sanity. 9981 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9982 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9983 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9984 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9985 9986 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9987 if (!VD) return; 9988 9989 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9990 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 9991 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 9992 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 9993 9994 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9995 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9996 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9997 return; 9998 } 9999 10000 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10001 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10002 10003 // Require a complete type. 10004 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10005 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10006 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10007 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10008 return; 10009 } 10010 10011 // Require a non-abstract type. 10012 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10013 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10014 AbstractVariableType)) { 10015 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10016 return; 10017 } 10018 10019 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10020 // though. 10021 } 10022 10023 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 10024 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10025 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10026 if (!RealDecl) 10027 return; 10028 10029 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10030 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10031 10032 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10033 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10034 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10035 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10036 return; 10037 } 10038 10039 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10040 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 10041 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10042 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10043 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10044 return; 10045 } 10046 10047 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10048 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10049 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10050 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10051 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10052 // member. 10053 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10054 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10055 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10056 // a definition there. 10057 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10058 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10059 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10060 << Var->getDeclName(); 10061 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10062 return; 10063 } 10064 } else { 10065 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10066 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10067 return; 10068 } 10069 } 10070 10071 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10072 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10073 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10074 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10075 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10076 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10077 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10078 return; 10079 } 10080 } 10081 10082 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10083 // be initialized. 10084 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10085 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10086 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10087 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10088 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10089 return; 10090 } 10091 10092 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10093 case VarDecl::Definition: 10094 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10095 break; 10096 10097 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10098 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10099 // a declaration. 10100 // 10101 // Fall through 10102 10103 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10104 // It's only a declaration. 10105 10106 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10107 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10108 // object shall be complete. 10109 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10110 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10111 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10112 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10113 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10114 10115 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10116 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10117 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10118 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10119 AbstractVariableType)) 10120 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10121 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10122 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10123 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10124 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10125 } 10126 10127 return; 10128 10129 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10130 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10131 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10132 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10133 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10134 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10135 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10136 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10137 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10138 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10139 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10140 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10141 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10142 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10143 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10144 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10145 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10146 // NOTE: code such as the following 10147 // static struct s; 10148 // struct s { int a; }; 10149 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10150 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10151 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10152 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10153 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10154 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10155 } 10156 } 10157 10158 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10159 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10160 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10161 return; 10162 } 10163 10164 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10165 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10166 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10167 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10168 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10169 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10170 return; 10171 } 10172 10173 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10174 // definitions with reference type. 10175 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10176 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10177 << Var->getDeclName() 10178 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10179 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10180 return; 10181 } 10182 10183 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10184 // variable with dependent type. 10185 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10186 return; 10187 10188 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10189 return; 10190 10191 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10192 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10193 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10194 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10195 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10196 return; 10197 } 10198 } else { 10199 return; 10200 } 10201 10202 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10203 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10204 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10205 AbstractVariableType)) { 10206 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10207 return; 10208 } 10209 10210 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10211 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10212 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10213 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10214 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10215 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10216 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10217 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10218 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10219 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10221 if (const RecordType *Record 10222 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10223 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10224 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10225 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10226 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10227 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10228 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10229 } 10230 } 10231 10232 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10233 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10234 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10235 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10236 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10237 // type shall have a user-declared default 10238 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10239 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10240 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10241 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10242 // program is ill-formed. 10243 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10244 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10245 // default-initialized; [...]. 10246 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10247 InitializationKind Kind 10248 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10249 10250 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10251 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10252 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10253 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10254 else if (Init.get()) { 10255 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10256 // This is important for template substitution. 10257 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10258 } 10259 10260 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10261 } 10262 } 10263 10264 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10265 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10266 if (!D) 10267 return; 10268 10269 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10270 if (!VD) { 10271 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10272 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10273 return; 10274 } 10275 10276 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10277 10278 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10279 int Error = -1; 10280 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10281 case SC_None: 10282 break; 10283 case SC_Extern: 10284 Error = 0; 10285 break; 10286 case SC_Static: 10287 Error = 1; 10288 break; 10289 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10290 Error = 2; 10291 break; 10292 case SC_Auto: 10293 Error = 3; 10294 break; 10295 case SC_Register: 10296 Error = 4; 10297 break; 10298 } 10299 if (Error != -1) { 10300 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10301 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10302 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 } 10304 } 10305 10306 StmtResult 10307 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10308 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10309 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10310 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10311 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10312 // A range-based for statement of the form 10313 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10314 // is equivalent to 10315 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10316 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10317 10318 const char *PrevSpec; 10319 unsigned DiagID; 10320 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10321 getPrintingPolicy()); 10322 10323 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10324 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10325 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10326 10327 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10328 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10329 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10330 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10331 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10332 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10333 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10334 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10335 } 10336 10337 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10338 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10339 10340 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10341 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10342 // initialiser 10343 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10344 !var->hasInit()) { 10345 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10346 << 1 /*Init*/; 10347 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10348 return; 10349 } 10350 } 10351 10352 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10353 // local retaining variable. 10354 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10355 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10356 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10357 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10358 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10359 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10360 break; 10361 10362 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10363 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10364 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10365 break; 10366 } 10367 } 10368 10369 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10370 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10371 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10372 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10373 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10374 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10375 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10376 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10377 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10378 var->getLocation())) { 10379 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10380 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10381 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10382 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10383 10384 if (!prev) 10385 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10386 } 10387 10388 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10389 const Expr *Culprit; 10390 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10391 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10392 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10393 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10394 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10396 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10397 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10398 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10399 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10400 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10401 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10402 // initialization. 10403 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10404 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10405 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10406 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10407 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10408 } 10409 } 10410 10411 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10412 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10413 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10414 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10415 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10416 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10417 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10418 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10419 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10420 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10421 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10422 } else { 10423 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10424 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10425 } 10426 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10427 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10428 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10429 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10430 } 10431 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10432 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10433 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10434 10435 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10436 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10437 // attribute. 10438 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10439 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10440 CurInitSegLoc)); 10441 } 10442 10443 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10444 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10445 10446 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10447 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10448 10449 QualType type = var->getType(); 10450 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10451 10452 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10453 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10454 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10455 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10456 10457 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10458 // constructing this copy. 10459 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10460 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10461 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10462 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10463 ExprResult result 10464 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10465 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10466 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10467 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10468 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10469 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10470 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10471 } 10472 } 10473 } 10474 10475 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10476 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10477 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10478 10479 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10480 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10481 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10482 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10483 var->getLocation())) { 10484 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10485 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10486 // warned about them. 10487 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10488 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10489 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10490 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10491 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10492 } 10493 10494 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10495 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10496 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10497 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10498 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10499 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10500 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10501 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10502 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10503 Notes.clear(); 10504 } 10505 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10506 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10507 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10508 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10509 } 10510 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10511 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10512 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10513 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10514 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10515 } 10516 } 10517 10518 // Require the destructor. 10519 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10520 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10521 10522 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10523 // module. 10524 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10525 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10526 } 10527 10528 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10529 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10530 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10531 return true; 10532 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10533 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10534 return true; 10535 return false; 10536 } 10537 10538 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10539 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10540 void 10541 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10542 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10543 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10544 10545 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10546 if (!VD) 10547 return; 10548 10549 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10550 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10551 if (ThisDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10552 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10553 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10554 } 10555 } 10556 10557 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10558 10559 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10560 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10561 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10562 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10563 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10564 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10565 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10566 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10567 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10568 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10569 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10570 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10571 } 10572 } 10573 } 10574 10575 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10576 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10577 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10578 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10579 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10580 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10581 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10582 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10583 } 10584 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10585 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10586 // static storage class. 10587 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && 10588 (FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10589 !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10590 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_device_static_local_var); 10591 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10592 } 10593 } 10594 } 10595 10596 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10597 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10598 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10599 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10600 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10601 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10602 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10603 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 10604 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10605 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10606 assert((!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())); 10607 bool AllowedInit = false; 10608 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10609 AllowedInit = 10610 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10611 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10612 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10613 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10614 if (!AllowedInit && 10615 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10616 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10617 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10618 10619 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10620 if (AllowedInit) 10621 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10622 AllowedInit = 10623 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10624 10625 if (!AllowedInit) { 10626 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10627 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10628 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10629 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10630 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10631 } 10632 } else { 10633 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 10634 // callable from the host side. 10635 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 10636 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 10637 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 10638 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 10639 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 10640 } 10641 if (InitFn) { 10642 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 10643 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 10644 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 10645 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 10646 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 10647 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10648 } 10649 } 10650 } 10651 } 10652 } 10653 10654 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10655 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10656 10657 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10658 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10659 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10660 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10661 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10662 // with a warning. 10663 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10664 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10665 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10666 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10667 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10668 10669 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10670 IsClassTemplateMember 10671 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10672 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10673 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10674 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10675 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10676 } 10677 } 10678 10679 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10680 // isn't exported with the variable. 10681 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10682 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10683 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10684 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10685 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10686 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10687 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10688 } else { 10689 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10690 << DLLAttr; 10691 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10692 } 10693 } 10694 10695 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10696 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10697 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10698 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10699 } 10700 } 10701 10702 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10703 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10704 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10705 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10706 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10707 10708 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10709 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10710 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10711 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10712 10713 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10714 // tag values. 10715 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10716 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10717 return; 10718 10719 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10720 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10721 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10722 continue; 10723 } 10724 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10725 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10726 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10727 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10728 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10729 continue; 10730 } 10731 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10732 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10733 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10734 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10735 continue; 10736 } 10737 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10738 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10739 MagicValue, 10740 I->getMatchingCType(), 10741 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10742 I->getMustBeNull()); 10743 } 10744 } 10745 10746 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10747 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10748 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10749 10750 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10751 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10752 10753 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10754 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10755 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 10756 10757 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10758 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10759 auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D); 10760 if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10761 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10762 10763 auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 10764 if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10765 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp; 10766 10767 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 10768 // declaration in the same group. 10769 auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup; 10770 if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10771 OtherDD = DD; 10772 if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 10773 OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 10774 !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 10775 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 10776 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 10777 << OtherDD->getSourceRange(); 10778 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 10779 } 10780 10781 Decls.push_back(D); 10782 } 10783 } 10784 10785 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10786 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10787 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10788 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10789 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10790 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10791 } 10792 } 10793 10794 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10795 } 10796 10797 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10798 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10799 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10800 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10801 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10802 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10803 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10804 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10805 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10806 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10807 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10808 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10809 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10810 QualType Deduced; 10811 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10812 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10813 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10814 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10815 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10816 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10817 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10818 break; 10819 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10820 if (!U.isNull()) { 10821 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10822 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10823 Deduced = U; 10824 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10825 DeducedDecl = D; 10826 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10827 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10828 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10829 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10830 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10831 << U << D->getDeclName() 10832 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10833 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10834 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10835 break; 10836 } 10837 } 10838 } 10839 } 10840 } 10841 10842 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10843 10844 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10845 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10846 } 10847 10848 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10849 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10850 } 10851 10852 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10853 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10854 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10855 return; 10856 10857 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10858 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10859 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10860 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10861 return; 10862 10863 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10864 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10865 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10866 // additional declaration references: 10867 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10868 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10869 // 'struct S *pS;' 10870 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10871 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10872 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10873 Group = Group.slice(1); 10874 } 10875 } 10876 10877 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10878 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10879 if (!Comments.empty() && 10880 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10881 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10882 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10883 // 10884 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10885 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10886 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10887 // ahead through comments. 10888 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10889 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10890 } 10891 } 10892 10893 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10894 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10895 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10896 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10897 10898 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10899 10900 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10901 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10902 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10903 SC = SC_Register; 10904 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10905 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10906 SC = SC_Auto; 10907 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10908 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10909 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10910 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10911 } 10912 10913 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10914 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10915 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10916 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 10917 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 10918 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 10919 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10920 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10921 << 0; 10922 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10923 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10924 10925 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10926 10927 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10928 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10929 10930 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10931 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10932 // parameter. 10933 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10934 10935 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10936 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10938 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10939 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10940 } 10941 } 10942 10943 // Ensure we have a valid name 10944 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10945 if (D.hasName()) { 10946 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10947 if (!II) { 10948 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10949 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10950 D.setInvalidType(true); 10951 } 10952 } 10953 10954 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10955 if (II) { 10956 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10957 ForRedeclaration); 10958 LookupName(R, S); 10959 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10960 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10961 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10962 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10963 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10964 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10965 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10966 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10967 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10968 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10969 10970 // Recover by removing the name 10971 II = nullptr; 10972 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10973 D.setInvalidType(true); 10974 } 10975 } 10976 } 10977 10978 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10979 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10980 // looking like class members in C++. 10981 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10982 D.getLocStart(), 10983 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10984 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10985 SC); 10986 10987 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10988 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10989 10990 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10991 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10992 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10993 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10994 10995 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10996 S->AddDecl(New); 10997 if (II) 10998 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10999 11000 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11001 11002 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11003 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11004 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11005 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11007 11008 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11009 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11010 } 11011 return New; 11012 } 11013 11014 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11015 /// typedef. 11016 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11017 SourceLocation Loc, 11018 QualType T) { 11019 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11020 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11021 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11022 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11023 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11024 SC_None, nullptr); 11025 Param->setImplicit(); 11026 return Param; 11027 } 11028 11029 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11030 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11031 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11032 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11033 return; 11034 11035 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11036 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11037 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11038 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11039 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11040 } 11041 } 11042 } 11043 11044 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11045 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11046 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11047 return; 11048 11049 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11050 // threshold. 11051 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11052 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11053 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11054 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11055 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11056 } 11057 11058 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11059 // threshold. 11060 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11061 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11062 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11063 continue; 11064 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11065 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11066 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11067 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11068 } 11069 } 11070 11071 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11072 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11073 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11074 StorageClass SC) { 11075 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11076 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11077 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11078 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11079 11080 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11081 11082 // Special cases for arrays: 11083 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11084 // - otherwise, it's an error 11085 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11086 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11087 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11088 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11089 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11090 } 11091 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11092 } else { 11093 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11094 } 11095 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11096 } 11097 11098 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11099 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11100 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11101 11102 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11103 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11104 // the class has been completely parsed. 11105 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11106 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11107 AbstractParamType)) 11108 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11109 11110 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11111 // passed by reference. 11112 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11113 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11114 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11115 Diag(NameLoc, 11116 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11117 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11118 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11119 New->setType(T); 11120 } 11121 11122 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11123 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11124 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11125 // an address space. 11126 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11127 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11128 // to be qualified with an address space. 11129 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11130 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11131 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11132 } 11133 } 11134 11135 return New; 11136 } 11137 11138 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11139 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11140 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11141 11142 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11143 // for a K&R function. 11144 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11145 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11146 --i; 11147 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11148 SmallString<256> Code; 11149 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11150 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11151 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11152 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11153 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11154 11155 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11156 // type. 11157 AttributeFactory attrs; 11158 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11159 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11160 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11161 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11162 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11163 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11164 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11165 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11166 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11167 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11168 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11169 } 11170 } 11171 } 11172 } 11173 11174 Decl * 11175 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11176 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11177 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11178 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11179 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11180 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11181 11182 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11183 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11184 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11185 } 11186 11187 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11188 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11189 } 11190 11191 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11192 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11193 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11194 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11195 return false; 11196 11197 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11198 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11199 return false; 11200 11201 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11202 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11203 return false; 11204 11205 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11206 if (FD->isMain()) 11207 return false; 11208 11209 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11210 if (FD->isInlined()) 11211 return false; 11212 11213 // Don't warn about function templates. 11214 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11215 return false; 11216 11217 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11218 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11219 return false; 11220 11221 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11222 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11223 return false; 11224 11225 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11226 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11227 return false; 11228 11229 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11230 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11231 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11232 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11233 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11234 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11235 continue; 11236 11237 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11238 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11239 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11240 break; 11241 } 11242 11243 return MissingPrototype; 11244 } 11245 11246 void 11247 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11248 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11249 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11250 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11251 // was an extern inline function. 11252 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11253 if (!Definition) 11254 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11255 return; 11256 11257 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11258 return; 11259 11260 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11261 // a template, skip the new definition. 11262 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11263 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11264 Definition->isInlined() || 11265 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11266 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11267 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11268 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11269 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11270 else 11271 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11272 FD->getLocation()); 11273 return; 11274 } 11275 11276 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11277 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11278 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11279 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11280 else 11281 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11282 11283 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11284 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11285 } 11286 11287 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11288 Sema &S) { 11289 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11290 11291 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11292 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11293 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11294 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11295 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11296 11297 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11298 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11299 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11300 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11301 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11302 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11303 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11304 11305 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11306 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11307 11308 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11309 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11310 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11311 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11312 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11313 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11314 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11315 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11316 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11317 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11318 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11319 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11320 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11321 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11322 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11323 11324 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11325 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11326 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11327 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11328 } else { 11329 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11330 } 11331 ++I; 11332 } 11333 } 11334 11335 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11336 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11337 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11338 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11339 11340 if (!D) 11341 return D; 11342 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11343 11344 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11345 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11346 else 11347 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11348 11349 // See if this is a redefinition. 11350 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11351 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11352 11353 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11354 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11355 return D; 11356 } 11357 11358 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11359 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11360 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11361 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11362 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11363 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11364 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11365 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11366 // have the LSI properly restored. 11367 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11368 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11369 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11370 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11371 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11372 } 11373 else 11374 // Enter a new function scope 11375 PushFunctionScope(); 11376 11377 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11378 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11379 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11380 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11381 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11382 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11383 } 11384 } 11385 11386 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11387 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11388 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11389 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11390 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11391 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11392 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11393 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11394 11395 if (FnBodyScope) 11396 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11397 11398 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11399 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11400 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11401 11402 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11403 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11404 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11405 11406 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11407 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11408 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11409 11410 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11411 } 11412 } 11413 11414 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11415 // introduce them into the function scope. 11416 if (FnBodyScope) { 11417 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11418 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11419 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11420 I != E; ++I) { 11421 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11422 11423 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11424 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11425 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11426 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11427 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11428 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11429 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11430 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11431 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11432 } 11433 11434 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11435 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11436 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11437 11438 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11439 // accessible in this scope. 11440 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11441 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11442 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11443 } 11444 } 11445 } 11446 11447 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11448 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11449 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11450 11451 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11452 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11453 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11454 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11455 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11456 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11457 return D; 11458 } 11459 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11460 // a function template). 11461 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11462 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11463 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11464 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11465 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11466 11467 return D; 11468 } 11469 11470 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11471 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11472 /// optimization. 11473 /// 11474 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11475 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11476 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11477 /// use the named return value optimization. 11478 /// 11479 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11480 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11481 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11482 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11483 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11484 11485 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11486 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11487 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11488 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11489 } 11490 } 11491 } 11492 11493 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11494 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11495 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11496 return false; 11497 11498 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11499 // return type (yet). 11500 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11501 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11502 // we can still delay parsing it. 11503 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11504 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11505 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11506 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11507 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11508 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11509 } 11510 } 11511 return false; 11512 } 11513 11514 return true; 11515 } 11516 11517 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11518 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11519 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11520 // rest of the file. 11521 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11522 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11523 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11524 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11525 return false; 11526 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11527 } 11528 11529 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11530 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11531 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11532 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11533 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11534 return Decl; 11535 } 11536 11537 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11538 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11539 } 11540 11541 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11542 bool IsInstantiation) { 11543 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11544 11545 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11546 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11547 11548 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11549 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11550 11551 if (FD) { 11552 FD->setBody(Body); 11553 11554 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11555 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11556 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11557 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11558 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11559 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11560 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11561 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11562 << FD->getReturnType(); 11563 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11564 } else { 11565 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11566 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11567 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11568 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11569 } 11570 } 11571 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11572 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11573 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11574 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11575 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11576 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11577 11578 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11579 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11580 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11581 QualType RetType = 11582 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11583 11584 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11585 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11586 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11587 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11588 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11589 } 11590 } 11591 11592 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11593 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11594 // is the first declaration. 11595 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11596 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11597 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11598 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11599 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11600 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11601 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11602 } 11603 11604 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11605 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11606 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11607 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11608 11609 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11610 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11611 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11612 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11613 11614 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11615 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11616 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11617 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11618 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11619 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11620 11621 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11622 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11623 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11624 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11625 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11626 11627 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11628 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11629 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11630 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11631 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11632 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11633 } 11634 11635 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11636 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11637 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11638 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11639 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11640 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11641 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11642 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11643 11644 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11645 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11646 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11647 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11648 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11649 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11650 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11651 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11652 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11653 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11654 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11655 } 11656 } 11657 } 11658 11659 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11660 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11661 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11662 MD->isVirtual() && 11663 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11664 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11665 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11666 if (FD->isInlined() && 11667 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11668 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11669 11670 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11671 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11672 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11673 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11674 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11675 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11676 } else { 11677 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11678 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11679 } 11680 } 11681 } 11682 11683 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11684 "Function parsing confused"); 11685 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11686 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11687 MD->setBody(Body); 11688 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11689 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11690 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11691 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11692 11693 if (Body) 11694 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11695 } 11696 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11697 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11698 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11699 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11700 } 11701 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11702 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11703 bool isDesignated = 11704 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11705 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11706 (void)isDesignated; 11707 11708 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11709 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11710 if (!IFace) 11711 return false; 11712 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11713 if (!SuperD) 11714 return false; 11715 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11716 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11717 }; 11718 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11719 // of NSObject. 11720 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11721 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11722 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11723 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11724 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11725 } 11726 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11727 } 11728 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11729 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11730 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11731 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11732 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11733 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11734 } 11735 } else { 11736 return nullptr; 11737 } 11738 11739 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 11740 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 11741 11742 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11743 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11744 "handled in the block above."); 11745 11746 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11747 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11748 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11749 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11750 // Verify this. 11751 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11752 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11753 11754 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11755 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11756 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11757 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11758 11759 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11760 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11761 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11762 11763 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11764 Destructor->getParent()); 11765 } 11766 11767 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11768 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11769 // deletion in some later function. 11770 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11771 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11772 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11773 } 11774 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11775 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11776 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11777 // enabled. 11778 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11779 } 11780 11781 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11782 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11783 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11784 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11785 11786 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11787 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11788 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11789 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11790 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11791 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11792 break; 11793 } 11794 } 11795 } 11796 11797 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11798 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11799 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11800 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11801 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11802 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11803 } 11804 11805 if (!IsInstantiation) 11806 PopDeclContext(); 11807 11808 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11809 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11810 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11811 // deletion in some later function. 11812 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11813 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11814 } 11815 11816 return dcl; 11817 } 11818 11819 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11820 /// relevant Decl. 11821 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11822 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11823 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11824 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11825 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11826 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11827 11828 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11829 if (Method->isStatic()) 11830 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11831 } 11832 11833 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11834 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11835 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11836 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11837 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11838 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11839 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11840 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11841 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11842 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11843 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11844 return ExternCPrev; 11845 } 11846 11847 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11848 unsigned diag_id; 11849 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11850 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11851 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11852 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11853 else 11854 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11855 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11856 11857 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11858 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11859 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11860 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11861 if (S && 11862 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11863 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11864 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11865 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11866 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11867 } 11868 11869 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11870 const char *Dummy; 11871 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11872 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11873 unsigned DiagID; 11874 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11875 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11876 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11877 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11878 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11879 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11880 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11881 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11882 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11883 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11884 /*NumParams=*/0, 11885 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11886 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11887 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11888 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11889 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11890 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11891 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11892 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11893 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11894 EST_None, 11895 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11896 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11897 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11898 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11899 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11900 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11901 Loc, Loc, D), 11902 DS.getAttributes(), 11903 SourceLocation()); 11904 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11905 11906 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11907 11908 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11909 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11910 11911 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11912 FD->setImplicit(); 11913 11914 CurContext = PrevDC; 11915 11916 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11917 11918 return FD; 11919 } 11920 11921 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11922 /// the declaration of this function. 11923 /// 11924 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11925 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11926 /// like NSLog or printf. 11927 /// 11928 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11929 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11930 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11931 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11932 return; 11933 11934 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11935 // actual attributes. 11936 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11937 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11938 unsigned FormatIdx; 11939 bool HasVAListArg; 11940 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11941 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11942 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11943 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11944 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11945 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11946 fmt = "NSString"; 11947 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11948 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11949 FormatIdx+1, 11950 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11951 FD->getLocation())); 11952 } 11953 } 11954 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11955 HasVAListArg)) { 11956 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11957 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11958 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11959 FormatIdx+1, 11960 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11961 FD->getLocation())); 11962 } 11963 11964 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11965 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11966 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11967 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11968 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11969 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11970 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11971 } 11972 11973 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11974 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11975 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11976 FD->getLocation())); 11977 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11978 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11979 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 11980 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11981 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11982 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11983 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11984 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11985 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11986 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11987 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11988 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11989 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11990 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11991 else 11992 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11993 } 11994 } 11995 11996 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11997 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11998 // across. 11999 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12000 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12001 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12002 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12003 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12004 } 12005 12006 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12007 if (!Name) 12008 return; 12009 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12010 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12011 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12012 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12013 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12014 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12015 // about. 12016 } else 12017 return; 12018 12019 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12020 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12021 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12022 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12023 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12024 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12025 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12026 FD->getLocation())); 12027 } 12028 12029 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12030 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12031 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12032 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12033 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12034 FD->getLocation())); 12035 } 12036 } 12037 12038 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12039 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12040 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12041 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12042 12043 if (!TInfo) { 12044 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12045 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12046 } 12047 12048 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12049 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12050 D.getLocStart(), 12051 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12052 D.getIdentifier(), 12053 TInfo); 12054 12055 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12056 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12057 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12058 return NewTD; 12059 } 12060 12061 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12062 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12063 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12064 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12065 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12066 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12067 else 12068 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12069 } 12070 12071 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12072 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12073 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12074 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12075 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12076 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12077 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12078 case TST_enum: 12079 case TST_struct: 12080 case TST_interface: 12081 case TST_union: 12082 case TST_class: { 12083 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12084 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12085 break; 12086 } 12087 12088 default: 12089 break; 12090 } 12091 12092 return NewTD; 12093 } 12094 12095 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12096 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12097 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12098 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12099 12100 if (T->isDependentType()) 12101 return false; 12102 12103 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12104 if (BT->isInteger()) 12105 return false; 12106 12107 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12108 return true; 12109 } 12110 12111 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12112 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12113 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12114 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12115 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12116 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12117 12118 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12119 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12120 << Prev->isScoped(); 12121 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12122 return true; 12123 } 12124 12125 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12126 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12127 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12128 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12129 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12130 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12131 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12132 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12133 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12134 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12135 return true; 12136 } 12137 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12138 ; 12139 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12140 ; 12141 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12142 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12143 << Prev->isFixed(); 12144 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12145 return true; 12146 } 12147 12148 return false; 12149 } 12150 12151 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12152 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12153 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12154 /// 12155 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12156 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12157 switch (Tag) { 12158 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12159 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12160 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12161 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12162 } 12163 } 12164 12165 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12166 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12167 /// 12168 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12169 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12170 { 12171 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12172 } 12173 12174 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12175 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12176 /// 12177 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12178 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12179 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12180 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12181 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12182 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12183 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12184 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12185 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12186 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12187 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12188 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12189 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12190 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12191 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12192 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12193 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12194 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12195 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12196 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12197 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12198 return true; 12199 12200 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12201 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12202 bool isTemplate = false; 12203 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12204 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12205 12206 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12207 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12208 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12209 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12210 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12211 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12212 return true; 12213 } 12214 12215 if (isDefinition) { 12216 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12217 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12218 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12219 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12220 return true; 12221 } 12222 12223 bool previousMismatch = false; 12224 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12225 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12226 if (!previousMismatch) { 12227 previousMismatch = true; 12228 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12229 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12230 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12231 } 12232 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12233 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12234 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12235 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12236 } 12237 } 12238 return true; 12239 } 12240 12241 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12242 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12243 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12244 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12245 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12246 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12247 return true; 12248 } 12249 12250 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12251 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12252 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12253 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12254 12255 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12256 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12257 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12258 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12259 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12260 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12261 } 12262 12263 return true; 12264 } 12265 return false; 12266 } 12267 12268 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12269 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12270 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12271 /// namespace N { 12272 /// struct X; 12273 /// namespace M { 12274 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12275 /// } 12276 /// } 12277 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12278 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12279 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12280 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12281 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12282 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12283 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12284 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12285 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12286 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12287 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12288 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12289 return FixItHint(); 12290 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12291 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12292 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12293 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12294 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12295 break; 12296 } 12297 12298 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12299 // build an NNS. 12300 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12301 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12302 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12303 OS << "::"; 12304 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12305 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12306 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12307 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12308 } 12309 12310 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12311 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12312 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12313 /// using-declaration). 12314 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12315 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12316 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12317 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12318 12319 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12320 return true; 12321 12322 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12323 // encloses the other). 12324 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12325 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12326 return true; 12327 12328 return false; 12329 } 12330 12331 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12332 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12333 /// nothing. 12334 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12335 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12336 DC = DC->getParent(); 12337 return DC; 12338 } 12339 12340 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12341 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12342 /// nothing. 12343 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12344 while (S->isClassScope() || 12345 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12346 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12347 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12348 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12349 S = S->getParent(); 12350 return S; 12351 } 12352 12353 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12354 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12355 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12356 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12357 /// 12358 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12359 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12360 /// 12361 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12362 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12363 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12364 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12365 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12366 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12367 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12368 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12369 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12370 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12371 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12372 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12373 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12374 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12375 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12376 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12377 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12378 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12379 12380 OwnedDecl = false; 12381 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12382 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12383 12384 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12385 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12386 bool Invalid = false; 12387 12388 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12389 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12390 // for non-C++ cases. 12391 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12392 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12393 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12394 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12395 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12396 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12397 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12398 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12399 return nullptr; 12400 } 12401 12402 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12403 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12404 // be a member of another template). 12405 12406 if (Invalid) 12407 return nullptr; 12408 12409 OwnedDecl = false; 12410 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12411 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12412 TemplateParams, AS, 12413 ModulePrivateLoc, 12414 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12415 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12416 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12417 SkipBody); 12418 return Result.get(); 12419 } else { 12420 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12421 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12422 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12423 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12424 } 12425 } 12426 } 12427 12428 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12429 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12430 // redeclaration. 12431 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12432 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12433 12434 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12435 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12436 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12437 // type, default to int. 12438 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12439 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12440 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12441 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12442 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12443 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12444 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12445 12446 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12447 // Recover by falling back to int. 12448 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12449 12450 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12451 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12452 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12453 12454 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12455 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12456 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12457 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12458 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12459 } 12460 } 12461 } 12462 12463 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12464 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12465 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12466 12467 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12468 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12469 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12470 12471 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12472 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12473 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12474 12475 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12476 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12477 Name = nullptr; 12478 goto CreateNewDecl; 12479 } 12480 12481 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12482 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12483 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12484 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12485 if (!DC) { 12486 IsDependent = true; 12487 return nullptr; 12488 } 12489 } else { 12490 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12491 if (!DC) { 12492 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12493 << SS.getRange(); 12494 return nullptr; 12495 } 12496 } 12497 12498 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12499 return nullptr; 12500 12501 SearchDC = DC; 12502 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12503 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12504 12505 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12506 return nullptr; 12507 12508 if (Previous.empty()) { 12509 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12510 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12511 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12512 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12513 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12514 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12515 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12516 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12517 IsDependent = true; 12518 return nullptr; 12519 } 12520 12521 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12523 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12524 Name = nullptr; 12525 Invalid = true; 12526 goto CreateNewDecl; 12527 } 12528 } else if (Name) { 12529 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12530 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12531 // name different from T: 12532 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12533 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12534 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12535 return nullptr; 12536 12537 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12538 // declaration or definition. 12539 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12540 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12541 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12542 LookupName(Previous, S); 12543 12544 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12545 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12546 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12547 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12548 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12549 while (F.hasNext()) { 12550 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12551 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12552 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12553 F.erase(); 12554 } 12555 F.done(); 12556 } 12557 12558 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12559 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12560 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12561 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12562 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12563 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12564 // 12565 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12566 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12567 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12568 // 12569 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12570 // semantic context? 12571 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12572 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12573 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12574 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12575 while (F.hasNext()) { 12576 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12577 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12578 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12579 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12580 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12581 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12582 else 12583 F.erase(); 12584 } 12585 } 12586 F.done(); 12587 12588 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12589 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12590 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12591 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12592 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12593 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12594 } 12595 } 12596 12597 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12598 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12599 return nullptr; 12600 12601 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12602 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12603 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12604 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12605 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12606 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12607 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12608 } 12609 } 12610 12611 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12612 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12613 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12614 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12615 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12616 Previous.clear(); 12617 } 12618 12619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12620 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12621 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12622 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12623 12624 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12625 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12626 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12627 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12628 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12629 } 12630 } 12631 12632 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12633 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12634 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12635 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12636 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12637 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12638 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12639 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12640 12641 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12642 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12643 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12644 // 12645 // class-key identifier 12646 // 12647 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12648 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12649 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12650 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12651 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12652 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12653 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12654 // declaration. 12655 // 12656 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12657 // C structs and unions. 12658 // 12659 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12660 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12661 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12662 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12663 // 12664 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12665 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12666 // 12667 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12668 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12669 // lexical context, 12670 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12671 12672 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12673 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12674 } else { 12675 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12676 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12677 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12678 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12679 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12680 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12681 } 12682 12683 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12684 // diagnose some problems. 12685 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12686 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12687 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12688 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12689 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12690 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12691 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12692 } else { 12693 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12694 LookupName(Previous, S); 12695 } 12696 } 12697 12698 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12699 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12700 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12701 12702 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12703 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12704 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12705 12706 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12707 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12708 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12709 // in C++. 12710 // 12711 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12712 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12713 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12714 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12715 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12716 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12717 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12718 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12719 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12720 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12721 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12722 PrevDecl = Tag; 12723 Previous.clear(); 12724 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12725 Previous.resolveKind(); 12726 } 12727 } 12728 } 12729 } 12730 12731 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12732 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12733 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12734 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12735 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12736 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12737 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12738 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12739 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12740 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12741 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12742 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12743 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12744 << 0; 12745 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12746 Previous.clear(); 12747 goto CreateNewDecl; 12748 } 12749 } 12750 12751 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12752 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12753 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12754 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12755 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12756 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12757 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12758 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12759 // struct or something similar. 12760 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12761 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12762 Name)) { 12763 bool SafeToContinue 12764 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12765 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12766 if (SafeToContinue) 12767 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12768 << Name 12769 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12770 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12771 else 12772 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12773 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12774 12775 if (SafeToContinue) 12776 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12777 else { 12778 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12779 Name = nullptr; 12780 Previous.clear(); 12781 Invalid = true; 12782 } 12783 } 12784 12785 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12786 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12787 12788 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12789 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12790 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12791 if (ScopedEnum) 12792 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12793 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12794 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12795 return PrevTagDecl; 12796 } 12797 12798 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12799 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12800 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12801 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12802 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12803 12804 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12805 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12806 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12807 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12808 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12809 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12810 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12811 } 12812 12813 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12814 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12815 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12816 // and then later defined. 12817 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12818 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12819 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12820 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12821 } 12822 12823 if (!Invalid) { 12824 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12825 // we have attributes. 12826 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12827 if (Attr) { 12828 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12829 // declaration to hold them. 12830 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12831 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12832 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12833 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12834 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12835 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12836 SS.isEmpty()) { 12837 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12838 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12839 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12840 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12841 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12842 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12843 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12844 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12845 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12846 return PrevTagDecl; 12847 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12848 // that scope. 12849 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12850 } else { 12851 return PrevTagDecl; 12852 } 12853 } 12854 12855 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12856 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12857 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12858 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12859 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12860 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12861 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12862 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12863 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12864 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12865 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12866 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12867 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12868 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12869 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12870 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12871 } 12872 12873 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12874 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12875 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12876 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12877 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12878 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12879 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12880 // use it in place of this one. 12881 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12882 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12883 return Def; 12884 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12885 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12886 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12887 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12888 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12889 else 12890 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12891 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12892 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12893 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12894 // references get the previous definition. 12895 Name = nullptr; 12896 Previous.clear(); 12897 Invalid = true; 12898 } 12899 } else { 12900 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12901 // about a nested redefinition. 12902 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12903 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12904 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12905 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12906 diag::note_previous_definition); 12907 Name = nullptr; 12908 Previous.clear(); 12909 Invalid = true; 12910 } 12911 } 12912 12913 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12914 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12915 } 12916 12917 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12918 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12919 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12920 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12921 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12922 AS = AS_none; 12923 } 12924 } 12925 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12926 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12927 12928 } else { 12929 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12930 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12931 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12932 // have distinct types. 12933 Previous.clear(); 12934 } 12935 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12936 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12937 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12938 12939 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12940 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12941 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12942 } else { 12943 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12944 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12945 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12946 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12947 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12948 unsigned Kind = 0; 12949 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12950 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12951 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12952 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12953 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12954 Invalid = true; 12955 12956 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12957 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12958 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12959 // do nothing 12960 12961 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12962 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12963 unsigned Kind = 0; 12964 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12965 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12966 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12967 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12968 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12969 Invalid = true; 12970 12971 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12972 // case here. 12973 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12974 unsigned Kind = 0; 12975 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12976 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12977 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12978 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12979 Invalid = true; 12980 12981 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12982 } else { 12983 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12984 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12985 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12986 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12987 Name = nullptr; 12988 Invalid = true; 12989 } 12990 12991 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12992 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12993 Previous.clear(); 12994 } 12995 } 12996 12997 CreateNewDecl: 12998 12999 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13000 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13001 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13002 13003 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13004 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13005 // keyword. 13006 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13007 13008 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13009 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13010 // PrevDecl. 13011 TagDecl *New; 13012 13013 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13014 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13015 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13016 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13017 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13018 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13019 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13020 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13021 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13022 TagDecl *Def; 13023 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13024 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13025 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13026 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13027 } 13028 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13029 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13030 << New; 13031 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13032 } else { 13033 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13034 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13035 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13036 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13037 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13038 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13039 13040 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13041 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13042 // the declaration context. 13043 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13044 IsForwardReference = true; 13045 } 13046 } 13047 13048 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13049 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13050 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13051 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13052 else 13053 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13054 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13055 } 13056 } else { 13057 // struct/union/class 13058 13059 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13060 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13062 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13063 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13064 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13065 13066 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13067 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13068 } else 13069 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13070 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13071 } 13072 13073 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13074 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13075 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13076 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13077 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13078 Invalid = true; 13079 } 13080 13081 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13082 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13083 if (SS.isSet()) { 13084 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13085 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13086 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13087 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13088 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13089 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13090 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13091 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13092 Invalid = true; 13093 13094 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13095 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13096 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13097 } 13098 } 13099 else 13100 Invalid = true; 13101 } 13102 13103 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13104 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13105 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13106 // 13107 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13108 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13109 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13110 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13111 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13112 // parsing of the struct). 13113 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13114 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13115 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13116 } 13117 } 13118 13119 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13120 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13121 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13122 << 2 13123 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13124 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13125 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13126 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13127 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13128 New->setModulePrivate(); 13129 } 13130 13131 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13132 // check the specialization. 13133 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13134 Invalid = true; 13135 13136 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13137 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13138 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13139 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13140 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13141 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13142 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13143 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13144 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13145 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13146 << Name; 13147 Invalid = true; 13148 } 13149 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13150 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13151 } 13152 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13153 } 13154 13155 if (Invalid) 13156 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13157 13158 if (Attr) 13159 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13160 13161 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13162 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13163 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13164 13165 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13166 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13167 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13168 // the tag name visible. 13169 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13170 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13171 13172 // Set the access specifier. 13173 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13174 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13175 13176 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13177 New->startDefinition(); 13178 13179 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13180 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13181 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13182 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13183 if (PrevDecl) 13184 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13185 13186 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13187 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13188 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13189 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13190 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13191 } else if (Name) { 13192 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13193 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13194 if (IsForwardReference) 13195 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13196 } else { 13197 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13198 } 13199 13200 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13201 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13202 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13203 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13204 II->isStr("FILE")) 13205 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13206 13207 if (PrevDecl) 13208 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13209 13210 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13211 // record. 13212 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13213 13214 OwnedDecl = true; 13215 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13216 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13217 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13218 } 13219 13220 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13221 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13222 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13223 13224 // Enter the tag context. 13225 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13226 13227 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13228 13229 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13230 // record. 13231 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13232 } 13233 13234 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13235 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13236 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13237 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13238 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13239 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13240 CurContext = OCD; 13241 return IDecl; 13242 } 13243 13244 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13245 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13246 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13247 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13248 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13249 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13250 13251 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13252 13253 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13254 return; 13255 13256 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13257 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13258 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13259 13260 // C++ [class]p2: 13261 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13262 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13263 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13264 // as if it were a public member name. 13265 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13266 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13267 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13268 Record->getIdentifier(), 13269 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13270 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13271 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13272 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13273 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13274 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13275 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13276 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13277 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13278 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13279 } 13280 13281 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13282 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13283 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13284 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13285 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13286 13287 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13288 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13289 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13290 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13291 RD->completeDefinition(); 13292 } 13293 13294 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13295 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13296 13297 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13298 PopDeclContext(); 13299 13300 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13301 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13302 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13303 13304 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13305 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13306 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13307 } 13308 13309 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13310 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13311 PopDeclContext(); 13312 } 13313 13314 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13315 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13316 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13317 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13318 } 13319 13320 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13321 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13322 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13323 } 13324 13325 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13326 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13327 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13328 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13329 13330 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13331 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13332 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13333 RD->completeDefinition(); 13334 } 13335 13336 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13337 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13338 // the FieldCollector. 13339 13340 PopDeclContext(); 13341 } 13342 13343 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13344 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13345 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13346 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13347 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13348 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13349 if (ZeroWidth) 13350 *ZeroWidth = true; 13351 13352 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13353 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13354 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13355 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13356 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13357 return ExprError(); 13358 if (FieldName) 13359 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13360 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13361 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13362 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13363 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13364 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13365 return ExprError(); 13366 13367 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13368 // it now. 13369 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13370 return BitWidth; 13371 13372 llvm::APSInt Value; 13373 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13374 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13375 return ICE; 13376 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13377 13378 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13379 *ZeroWidth = false; 13380 13381 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13382 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13383 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13384 13385 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13386 if (FieldName) 13387 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13388 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13389 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13390 << Value.toString(10); 13391 } 13392 13393 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13394 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13395 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13396 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13397 13398 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13399 // ABI. 13400 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13401 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13402 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13403 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13404 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13405 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13406 unsigned DiagWidth = 13407 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13408 if (FieldName) 13409 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13410 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13411 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13412 13413 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13414 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13415 << DiagWidth; 13416 } 13417 13418 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13419 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13420 // 'bool'. 13421 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13422 if (FieldName) 13423 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13424 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13425 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13426 else 13427 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13428 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13429 } 13430 } 13431 13432 return BitWidth; 13433 } 13434 13435 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13436 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13437 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13438 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13439 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13440 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13441 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13442 return Res; 13443 } 13444 13445 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13446 /// 13447 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13448 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13449 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13450 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13451 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13452 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13453 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13454 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13455 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13456 return nullptr; 13457 } 13458 13459 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13460 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13461 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13462 13463 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13464 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13465 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13466 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13467 13468 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13469 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13470 D.setInvalidType(); 13471 T = Context.IntTy; 13472 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13473 } 13474 } 13475 13476 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13477 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13478 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13479 D.setInvalidType(); 13480 } 13481 13482 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13483 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13484 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13485 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13487 D.setInvalidType(); 13488 } 13489 13490 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13491 13492 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13494 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13495 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13496 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13497 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13498 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13499 13500 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13501 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13502 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13503 LookupName(Previous, S); 13504 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13505 case LookupResult::Found: 13506 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13507 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13508 break; 13509 13510 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13511 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13512 break; 13513 13514 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13515 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13516 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13517 break; 13518 } 13519 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13520 13521 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13522 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13523 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13524 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13525 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13526 } 13527 13528 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13529 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13530 13531 bool Mutable 13532 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13533 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13534 FieldDecl *NewFD 13535 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13536 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13537 13538 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13539 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13540 13541 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13542 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13543 13544 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13545 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13546 // with the same name in the same scope. 13547 } else if (II) { 13548 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13549 } else 13550 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13551 13552 return NewFD; 13553 } 13554 13555 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13556 /// 13557 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13558 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13559 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13560 /// created. 13561 /// 13562 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13563 /// 13564 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13565 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13566 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13567 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13568 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13569 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13570 SourceLocation TSSL, 13571 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13572 Declarator *D) { 13573 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13574 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13575 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13576 13577 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13578 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13579 if (T.isNull()) { 13580 InvalidDecl = true; 13581 T = Context.IntTy; 13582 } 13583 13584 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13585 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13586 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13587 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13588 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13589 InvalidDecl = true; 13590 } else { 13591 NamedDecl *Def; 13592 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13593 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13594 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13595 InvalidDecl = true; 13596 } 13597 } 13598 } 13599 13600 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13601 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13602 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13603 InvalidDecl = true; 13604 } 13605 13606 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13607 // than a variably modified type. 13608 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13609 bool SizeIsNegative; 13610 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13611 13612 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13613 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13614 SizeIsNegative, 13615 Oversized); 13616 if (FixedTInfo) { 13617 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13618 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13619 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13620 } else { 13621 if (SizeIsNegative) 13622 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13623 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13624 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13625 << Oversized.toString(10); 13626 else 13627 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13628 InvalidDecl = true; 13629 } 13630 } 13631 13632 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13633 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13634 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13635 AbstractFieldType)) 13636 InvalidDecl = true; 13637 13638 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13639 if (InvalidDecl) 13640 BitWidth = nullptr; 13641 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13642 if (BitWidth) { 13643 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13644 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13645 if (!BitWidth) { 13646 InvalidDecl = true; 13647 BitWidth = nullptr; 13648 ZeroWidth = false; 13649 } 13650 } 13651 13652 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13653 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13654 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13655 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13656 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13657 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13658 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13659 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13660 13661 if (DiagID) { 13662 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13663 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13664 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13665 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13666 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13667 Mutable = false; 13668 InvalidDecl = true; 13669 } 13670 } 13671 } 13672 13673 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13674 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13675 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13676 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13677 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13678 13679 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13680 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13681 if (InvalidDecl) 13682 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13683 13684 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13685 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13686 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13687 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13688 } 13689 13690 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13691 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13692 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13693 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13694 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13695 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13696 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13697 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13698 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13699 // objects. 13700 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13701 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13702 } 13703 } 13704 13705 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13706 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13707 // enabled. 13708 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13709 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13710 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13711 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13712 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13713 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13714 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13715 } 13716 } 13717 } 13718 13719 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13720 // representation, not a parser representation. 13721 if (D) { 13722 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13723 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13724 13725 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13726 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13727 } 13728 13729 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13730 // retainable type. 13731 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13732 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13733 13734 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13736 13737 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13738 return NewFD; 13739 } 13740 13741 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13742 assert(FD); 13743 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13744 13745 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13746 return false; 13747 13748 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13749 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13750 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13751 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13752 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13753 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13754 // copy constructors. 13755 13756 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13757 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13758 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13759 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13760 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13761 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13762 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13763 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13764 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13765 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13766 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13767 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13768 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13769 member = CXXDestructor; 13770 13771 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13772 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13773 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13774 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13775 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13776 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13777 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13778 // members unavailable. 13779 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13780 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13781 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13782 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13783 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13784 return false; 13785 } 13786 } 13787 13788 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13789 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13790 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13791 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13792 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13793 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13794 } 13795 } 13796 } 13797 13798 return false; 13799 } 13800 13801 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13802 /// AST enum value. 13803 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13804 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13805 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13806 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13807 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13808 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13809 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13810 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13811 } 13812 } 13813 13814 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13815 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13816 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13817 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13818 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13819 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13820 13821 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13822 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13823 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13824 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13825 13826 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13827 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13828 13829 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13830 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13831 13832 if (BitWidth) { 13833 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13834 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13835 if (!BitWidth) 13836 D.setInvalidType(); 13837 } else { 13838 // Not a bitfield. 13839 13840 // validate II. 13841 13842 } 13843 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13844 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13845 D.setInvalidType(); 13846 } 13847 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13848 // than a variably modified type. 13849 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13851 D.setInvalidType(); 13852 } 13853 13854 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13855 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13856 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13857 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13858 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13859 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13860 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13861 return nullptr; 13862 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13863 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13864 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13865 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13866 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13867 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13868 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13869 } 13870 else 13871 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13872 } else { 13873 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13874 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13875 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13876 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13877 return nullptr; 13878 } 13879 } 13880 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13881 } 13882 13883 // Construct the decl. 13884 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13885 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13886 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13887 13888 if (II) { 13889 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13890 ForRedeclaration); 13891 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13892 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13893 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13894 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13895 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13896 } 13897 } 13898 13899 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13900 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13901 13902 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13903 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13904 13905 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13906 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13907 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13908 13909 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13910 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13911 13912 if (II) { 13913 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13914 // these to the interface. 13915 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13916 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13917 } 13918 13919 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13920 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13921 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13922 13923 return NewID; 13924 } 13925 13926 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13927 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13928 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13929 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13930 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13931 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13932 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13933 return; 13934 13935 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13936 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13937 13938 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13939 return; 13940 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13941 if (!ID) { 13942 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13943 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13944 return; 13945 } 13946 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13947 else 13948 return; 13949 } 13950 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13951 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13952 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13953 13954 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13955 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13956 Context.CharTy, 13957 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13958 DeclLoc), 13959 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13960 true); 13961 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13962 } 13963 13964 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13965 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13966 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13967 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13968 13969 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13970 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13971 // it will now change. 13972 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13973 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13974 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13975 default: break; 13976 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13977 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13978 break; 13979 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13980 Context. 13981 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13982 break; 13983 } 13984 } 13985 13986 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13987 13988 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13989 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13990 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13991 if (Record) { 13992 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13993 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13994 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13995 ++NumNamedMembers; 13996 } 13997 } 13998 13999 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14000 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14001 14002 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14003 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14004 i != end; ++i) { 14005 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14006 14007 // Get the type for the field. 14008 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14009 14010 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14011 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14012 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14013 } 14014 14015 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14016 // diagnostics about it. 14017 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14018 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14019 continue; 14020 } 14021 14022 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14023 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14024 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14025 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14026 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14027 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14028 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14029 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14030 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14031 // array. 14032 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14033 // Field declared as a function. 14034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14035 << FD->getDeclName(); 14036 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14037 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14038 continue; 14039 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14040 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14041 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14042 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14043 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14044 // Flexible array member. 14045 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14046 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14047 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14048 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14049 if (Record->isUnion()) 14050 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14051 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14052 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14053 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14054 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14055 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14056 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14057 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14058 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14059 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14060 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14061 14062 if (DiagID) 14063 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14064 << Record->getTagKind(); 14065 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14066 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14067 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14068 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14069 // of the type. 14070 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14071 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14072 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14073 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14074 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14075 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14076 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14077 14078 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14079 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14080 // 14081 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14082 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14083 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14084 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14085 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14086 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14087 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14088 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14089 continue; 14090 } 14091 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14092 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14093 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14094 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14095 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14096 // Incomplete type 14097 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14098 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14099 continue; 14100 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14101 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14102 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14103 // flexible array member. 14104 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14105 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14106 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14107 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14108 // structures. 14109 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14110 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14111 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14112 else { 14113 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14114 // other structs as an extension. 14115 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14116 << FD->getDeclName(); 14117 } 14118 } 14119 } 14120 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14121 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14122 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14123 AbstractIvarType)) { 14124 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14125 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14126 } 14127 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14128 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14129 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14130 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14131 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14132 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14133 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14134 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14135 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14136 FD->setType(T); 14137 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14138 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14139 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14140 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14141 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14142 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14143 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14144 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14145 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14146 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14147 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14148 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14149 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14150 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14151 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14152 } 14153 } else { 14154 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14155 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14156 } 14157 ARCErrReported = true; 14158 } 14159 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14160 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14161 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14162 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14163 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14164 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14165 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14166 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14167 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14168 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14169 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14170 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14171 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14172 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14173 } 14174 } 14175 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14176 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14177 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14178 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14179 ++NumNamedMembers; 14180 } 14181 14182 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14183 if (Record) { 14184 bool Completed = false; 14185 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14186 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14187 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14188 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14189 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14190 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14191 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14192 } 14193 14194 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14195 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14196 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14197 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14198 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14199 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14200 } 14201 14202 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14203 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14204 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14205 14206 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14207 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14208 // problem now. 14209 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14210 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14211 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14212 14213 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14214 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14215 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14216 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14217 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14218 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14219 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14220 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14221 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14222 continue; 14223 14224 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14225 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14226 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14227 // program is ill-formed. 14228 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14229 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14230 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14231 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14232 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14233 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14234 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14235 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14236 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14237 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14238 14239 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14240 } 14241 } 14242 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14243 Completed = true; 14244 } 14245 } 14246 } 14247 } 14248 14249 if (!Completed) 14250 Record->completeDefinition(); 14251 14252 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14253 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14254 14255 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14256 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14257 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14258 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14259 } 14260 14261 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14262 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14263 // compatibility problems. 14264 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14265 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14266 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14267 } else { 14268 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14269 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14270 CheckForZeroSize = 14271 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14272 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14273 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14274 } 14275 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14276 bool ZeroSize = true; 14277 bool IsEmpty = true; 14278 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14279 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14280 E = Record->field_end(); 14281 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14282 IsEmpty = false; 14283 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14284 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14285 ZeroSize = false; 14286 } else { 14287 ++NonBitFields; 14288 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14289 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14290 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14291 ZeroSize = false; 14292 } 14293 } 14294 14295 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14296 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14297 // extern "C" block. 14298 if (ZeroSize) { 14299 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14300 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14301 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14302 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14303 } 14304 14305 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14306 // but are accepted by GCC. 14307 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14308 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14309 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14310 << Record->isUnion(); 14311 } 14312 } 14313 } else { 14314 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14315 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14316 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14317 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14318 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14319 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14320 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14321 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14322 } 14323 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14324 // duplicates. 14325 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14326 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14327 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14328 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14329 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14330 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14331 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14332 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14333 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14334 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14335 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14336 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14337 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14338 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14339 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14340 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14341 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14342 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14343 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14344 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14345 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14346 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14347 if (IDecl) { 14348 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14349 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14350 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14351 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14352 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14353 continue; 14354 } 14355 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14356 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14357 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14358 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14359 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14360 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14361 continue; 14362 } 14363 } 14364 } 14365 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14366 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14367 } 14368 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14369 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14370 } 14371 } 14372 14373 if (Attr) 14374 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14375 } 14376 14377 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14378 /// the given type T. 14379 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14380 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14381 QualType T) { 14382 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14383 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14384 14385 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14386 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14387 --BitWidth; 14388 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14389 } 14390 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14391 } 14392 14393 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14394 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14395 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14396 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14397 // enum checking below. 14398 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14399 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14400 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14401 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14402 }; 14403 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14404 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14405 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14406 }; 14407 14408 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14409 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14410 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14411 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14412 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14413 return Types[I]; 14414 14415 return QualType(); 14416 } 14417 14418 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14419 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14420 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14421 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14422 Expr *Val) { 14423 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14424 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14425 QualType EltTy; 14426 14427 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14428 Val = nullptr; 14429 14430 if (Val) 14431 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14432 14433 if (Val) { 14434 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14435 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14436 else { 14437 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14439 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14440 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14441 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14442 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14443 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14444 ExprResult Converted = 14445 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14446 CCEK_Enumerator); 14447 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14448 Val = nullptr; 14449 else 14450 Val = Converted.get(); 14451 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14452 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14453 &EnumVal).get())) { 14454 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14455 } else { 14456 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14457 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14458 14459 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14460 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14461 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14462 // expression checking. 14463 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14464 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14465 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14466 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14467 } else 14468 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14469 } else 14470 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14471 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14472 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14473 .get(); 14474 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14475 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14476 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14477 // is the type of its initializing value: 14478 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14479 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14480 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14481 } else { 14482 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14483 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14484 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14485 // representable as an int. 14486 14487 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14488 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14489 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14490 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14491 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14492 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14493 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14494 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14495 } 14496 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14497 } 14498 } 14499 } 14500 } 14501 14502 if (!Val) { 14503 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14504 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14505 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14506 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14507 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14508 // is the type of its initializing value: 14509 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14510 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14511 // 14512 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14513 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14514 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14515 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14516 } 14517 else { 14518 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14519 } 14520 } else { 14521 // Assign the last value + 1. 14522 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14523 ++EnumVal; 14524 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14525 14526 // Check for overflow on increment. 14527 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14528 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14529 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14530 // is the type of its initializing value: 14531 // 14532 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14533 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14534 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14535 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14536 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14537 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14538 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14539 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14540 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14541 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14542 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14543 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14544 ++EnumVal; 14545 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14546 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14547 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14548 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14549 << EltTy; 14550 else 14551 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14552 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14553 } else { 14554 EltTy = T; 14555 } 14556 14557 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14558 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14559 // value, then increment. 14560 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14561 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14562 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14563 ++EnumVal; 14564 14565 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14566 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14567 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14568 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14569 // integral type. 14570 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14571 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14572 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14573 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14574 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14575 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14576 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14577 } 14578 } 14579 } 14580 14581 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14582 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14583 // enumerator's type. 14584 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14585 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14586 } 14587 14588 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14589 Val, EnumVal); 14590 } 14591 14592 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14593 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14594 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14595 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14596 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14597 14598 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14599 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14600 // skip the body. 14601 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14602 ForRedeclaration); 14603 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14604 if (!PrevECD) 14605 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14606 14607 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14608 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14609 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14610 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14611 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14612 return Skip; 14613 } 14614 14615 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14616 } 14617 14618 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14619 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14620 AttributeList *Attr, 14621 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14622 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14623 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14624 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14625 14626 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14627 // we find one that is. 14628 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14629 14630 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14631 // scope. 14632 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14633 ForRedeclaration); 14634 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14635 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14636 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14637 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14638 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14639 } 14640 14641 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14642 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14643 // different from T: 14644 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14645 // enumerated type 14646 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14647 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14648 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14649 14650 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14651 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14652 if (!New) 14653 return nullptr; 14654 14655 if (PrevDecl) { 14656 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14657 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14658 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14659 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14660 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14661 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14662 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14663 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14664 else 14665 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14666 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14667 return nullptr; 14668 } 14669 } 14670 14671 // Process attributes. 14672 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14673 14674 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14675 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14676 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14677 14678 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14679 14680 return New; 14681 } 14682 14683 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14684 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14685 // Element2 = Element1 14686 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14687 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14688 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14689 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14690 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14691 if (!InitExpr) 14692 return true; 14693 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14694 14695 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14696 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14697 return true; 14698 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14699 if (!IL) 14700 return true; 14701 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14702 return true; 14703 14704 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14705 } 14706 14707 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14708 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14709 if (!DRE) 14710 return true; 14711 14712 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14713 if (!EnumConstant) 14714 return true; 14715 14716 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14717 Enum) 14718 return true; 14719 14720 return false; 14721 } 14722 14723 namespace { 14724 struct DupKey { 14725 int64_t val; 14726 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14727 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14728 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14729 }; 14730 14731 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14732 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14733 false); 14734 } 14735 14736 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14737 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14738 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14739 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14740 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14741 } 14742 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14743 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14744 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14745 } 14746 }; 14747 } // end anonymous namespace 14748 14749 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14750 // a previous element has already been set to. 14751 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14752 EnumDecl *Enum, 14753 QualType EnumType) { 14754 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14755 return; 14756 // Avoid anonymous enums 14757 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14758 return; 14759 14760 // Only check for small enums. 14761 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14762 return; 14763 14764 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14765 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14766 14767 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14768 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14769 ValueToVectorMap; 14770 14771 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14772 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14773 14774 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14775 // an initialier. 14776 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14777 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14778 14779 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14780 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14781 if (!ECD) { 14782 return; 14783 } 14784 14785 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14786 continue; 14787 14788 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14789 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14790 14791 // First time encountering this value. 14792 if (Entry.isNull()) 14793 Entry = ECD; 14794 } 14795 14796 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14797 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14798 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14799 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14800 continue; 14801 14802 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14803 14804 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14805 if (Entry.isNull()) 14806 continue; 14807 14808 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14809 // Ensure constants are different. 14810 if (D == ECD) 14811 continue; 14812 14813 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14814 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14815 Vec->push_back(D); 14816 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14817 14818 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14819 Entry = Vec; 14820 14821 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14822 // diagnostics. 14823 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14824 continue; 14825 } 14826 14827 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14828 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14829 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14830 continue; 14831 14832 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14833 } 14834 14835 // Emit diagnostics. 14836 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14837 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14838 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14839 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14840 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14841 14842 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14843 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14844 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14845 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14846 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14847 ++I; 14848 14849 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14850 // the same value. 14851 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14852 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14853 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14854 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14855 delete Vec; 14856 } 14857 } 14858 14859 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14860 bool AllowMask) const { 14861 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14862 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14863 14864 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14865 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14866 14867 if (R.second) { 14868 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14869 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14870 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14871 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14872 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14873 } 14874 } 14875 14876 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14877 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14878 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14879 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14880 // 14881 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14882 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14883 // likely a logic error. 14884 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14885 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14886 } 14887 14888 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 14889 Decl *EnumDeclX, 14890 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14891 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14892 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14893 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14894 14895 if (Attr) 14896 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14897 14898 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14899 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14900 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14901 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14902 if (!ECD) continue; 14903 14904 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14905 } 14906 14907 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14908 return; 14909 } 14910 14911 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14912 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14913 // emit a warning. 14914 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14915 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14916 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14917 14918 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14919 // reverse the list. 14920 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14921 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14922 14923 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14924 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14925 14926 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14927 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14928 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14929 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14930 14931 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14932 14933 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14934 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14935 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14936 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14937 else 14938 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14939 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14940 14941 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14942 if (AllElementsInt) 14943 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14944 } 14945 14946 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14947 QualType BestType; 14948 unsigned BestWidth; 14949 14950 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14951 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14952 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14953 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14954 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14955 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14956 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14957 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14958 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14959 QualType BestPromotionType; 14960 14961 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14962 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14963 // enum definitions. 14964 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14965 Packed = true; 14966 14967 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14968 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14969 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14970 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14971 else 14972 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14973 14974 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14975 } 14976 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14977 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14978 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14979 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14980 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14981 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14982 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14983 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14984 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14985 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14986 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14987 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14988 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14989 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14990 } else { 14991 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14992 14993 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14994 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14995 } else { 14996 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14997 14998 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14999 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15000 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15001 } 15002 } 15003 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15004 } else { 15005 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15006 // all of the enumerator values. 15007 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15008 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15009 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15010 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15011 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15012 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15013 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15014 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15015 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15016 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15017 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15018 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15019 BestPromotionType 15020 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15021 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15022 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15023 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15024 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15025 BestPromotionType 15026 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15027 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15028 } else { 15029 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15030 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15031 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15032 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15033 BestPromotionType 15034 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15035 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15036 } 15037 } 15038 15039 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15040 // the type of the enum if needed. 15041 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15042 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15043 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15044 15045 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15046 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15047 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15048 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15049 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15050 15051 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15052 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15053 15054 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15055 // the enum decl type. 15056 QualType NewTy; 15057 unsigned NewWidth; 15058 bool NewSign; 15059 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15060 !Enum->isFixed() && 15061 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15062 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15063 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15064 NewSign = true; 15065 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15066 // Already the right type! 15067 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15068 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15069 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15070 // enumeration. 15071 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15072 continue; 15073 } else { 15074 NewTy = BestType; 15075 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15076 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15077 } 15078 15079 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15080 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15081 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15082 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15083 15084 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15085 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15086 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15087 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15088 CK_IntegralCast, 15089 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15090 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15091 VK_RValue)); 15092 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15093 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15094 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15095 // enumeration. 15096 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15097 else 15098 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15099 } 15100 15101 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15102 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15103 15104 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15105 15106 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15107 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15108 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15109 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15110 15111 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15112 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15113 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15114 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15115 << ECD << Enum; 15116 } 15117 } 15118 15119 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15120 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15121 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15122 } 15123 15124 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15125 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15126 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15127 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15128 15129 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15130 AsmString, StartLoc, 15131 EndLoc); 15132 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15133 return New; 15134 } 15135 15136 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15137 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15138 bool FromInclude = false) { 15139 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15140 15141 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15142 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15143 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15144 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15145 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15146 break; 15147 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15148 break; 15149 } 15150 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15151 } 15152 15153 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15154 DC = DC->getParent(); 15155 15156 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15157 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15158 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15159 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15160 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15161 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15162 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15163 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15164 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15165 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15166 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15167 } 15168 } 15169 15170 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15171 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15172 } 15173 15174 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 15175 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15176 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15177 Module *Mod = 15178 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15179 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15180 if (!Mod) 15181 return true; 15182 15183 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15184 15185 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15186 15187 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15188 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15189 // silently ignoring the import. 15190 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 15191 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 15192 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15193 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15194 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15195 15196 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15197 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15198 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15199 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15200 // We need the length to be consistent. 15201 if (!ModCheck) 15202 break; 15203 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15204 15205 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15206 } 15207 15208 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15209 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, 15210 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 15211 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15212 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15213 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15214 TU->addDecl(Import); 15215 return Import; 15216 } 15217 15218 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15219 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15220 15221 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15222 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15223 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15224 // 15225 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15226 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15227 TUKind == TU_Module && 15228 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15229 15230 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15231 15232 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15233 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15234 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15235 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15236 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15237 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15238 DirectiveLoc); 15239 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15240 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15241 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15242 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15243 } 15244 15245 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15246 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15247 } 15248 15249 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15250 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15251 15252 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15253 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15254 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15255 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15256 15257 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15258 } 15259 15260 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15261 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15262 15263 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15264 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15265 "left the wrong module scope"); 15266 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15267 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15268 15269 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15270 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15271 // is now out of date. 15272 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15273 } 15274 } 15275 15276 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15277 Module *Mod) { 15278 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15279 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15280 return; 15281 15282 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15283 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15284 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15285 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15286 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15287 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15288 15289 // Make the module visible. 15290 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15291 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15292 } 15293 15294 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15295 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15296 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15297 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15298 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15299 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15300 LookupOrdinaryName); 15301 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15302 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15303 15304 // If a declaration that: 15305 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15306 // 2) has external linkage 15307 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15308 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15309 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15310 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15311 else 15312 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15313 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15314 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15315 } else 15316 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15317 } 15318 15319 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15320 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15321 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15322 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15323 15324 if (PrevDecl) { 15325 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15326 } else { 15327 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15328 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15329 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15330 } 15331 } 15332 15333 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15334 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15335 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15336 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15337 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15338 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15339 LookupOrdinaryName); 15340 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15341 15342 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15343 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15344 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15345 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15346 } else { 15347 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15348 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15349 } 15350 } 15351 15352 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15353 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15354 } 15355 15356 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15357 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15358 if (!D) 15359 return AR_Available; 15360 15361 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15362 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15363 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15364 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15365 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15366 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15367 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15368 if (R != AR_Available) 15369 return R; 15370 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15371 } 15372 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15373 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15374 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15375 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15376 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15377 } 15378 // Recover from user error. 15379 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15380 } 15381